SERVICE MANUAL CD/DVD PLAYER SPECIFICATIONS RMT-D145B/D145E E Model Brazilian Model System Laser: Semiconductor laser Signal format system: NTSC/PAL (See page 1-4 to switch) Audio characteristics Frequency response: DVD VIDEO (PCM 96 kHz): 2 Hz to 44 kHz (±1.0 dB)/DVD VIDEO (PCM 48 kHz): 2 Hz to 22 kHz (±0.5 dB)/CD: 2 Hz to 20 kHz (±0.5 dB) Signal-to-noise ratio (S/N ratio): 115 dB (LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks only) Harmonic distortion: 0.003 % Dynamic range: DVD VIDEO: 103 dB/CD: 99 dB Wow and flutter: Less than detected value (±0.001% W PEAK) The signals from LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks are measured. When you play PCM sound tracks with a 96 kHz sampling frequency, the output signals from the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack are converted to 48 kHz sampling frequency. Outputs and Input (Jack name: Jack type/Output level/Load impedance) LINE OUT (AUDIO) 1/2: Phono jack/ 2 Vrms/10 kilohms DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL): Optical output jack/–18 dBm (wave length: 660 nm) DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/ 0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms COMPONENT VIDEO OUT(Y, CB, CR): Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, CB, CR: 0.7 Vp-p/75 ohms LINE OUT (VIDEO) 1/2: Phono jack/ 1.0 Vp-p/75 ohms S VIDEO OUT: 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL), 0.286 Vp-p (NTSC)/75 ohms MIC: Phone jack General Power requirements: 220 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz 110 V AC, 60 Hz See page 1-1 for further information. Power consumption: 11 W/13 W See page 1-1 for further information. Dimensions (approx.): 430 × 74 × 260 mm (width/height/depth) incl. projecting parts Mass (approx.): 2.5 kg Operating temperature: 5 ° C to 35 ° C Operating humidity: 25 % to 80 % Supplied accessories See page 1-3. Specifications and design are subject to change without notice. Photo : DVP-K370 RMT-D145E www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com — 2 — SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!! COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED LINE WITH MARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY. 1. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-soldered connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes and bridges. 2. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are "pinched" or contact high-wattage resistors. 3. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly transistors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement. 4. Look for parts which, through functioning, show obvious signs of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement. 5. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified. 6. Flexible Circuit Board Repairing • Keep the temperature of the soldering iron around 270˚C during repairing. • Do not touch the soldering iron on the same conductor of the circuit board (within 3 times). • Be careful not to apply force on the conductor when soldering or unsoldering. SAFETY CHECK-OUT After correcting the original service problem, perform the following safety checks before releasing the set to the customer. CAUTION Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure. WARNING!! WHEN SERVICING, DO NOT APPROACH THE LASER EXIT WITH THE EYE TOO CLOSELY. IN CASE IT IS NECESSARY TO CONFIRM LASER BEAM EMISSION, BE SURE TO OBSERVE FROM A DISTANCE OF MORE THAN 25 cm FROM THE SURFACE OF THE OBJECTIVE LENS ON THE OPTICAL PICK-UP BLOCK. CAUTION: The use of optical instrument with this product will increase eye hazard. Unleaded solder Boards requiring use of unleaded solder are printed with the lead- free mark (LF) indicating the solder contains no lead. (Caution: Some printed circuit boards may not come printed with the lead free mark due to their particular size.) : LEAD FREE MARK Unleaded solder has the following characteristics. • Unleaded solder melts at a temperature about 40°C higher than ordinary solder. Ordinary soldering irons can be used but the iron tip has to be applied to the solder joint for a slightly longer time. Soldering irons using a temperature regulator should be set to about 350°C. Caution: The printed pattern (copper foil) may peel away if the heated tip is applied for too long, so be careful! • Strong viscosity Unleaded solder is more viscous (sticky, less prone to flow) than ordinary solder so use caution not to let solder bridges occur such as on IC pins, etc. • Usable with ordinary solder It is best to use only unleaded solder but unleaded solder may also be added to ordinary solder. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com — 3 — TABLE OF CONTENTS SERVICE NOTE 1. DISC REMOVAL PROCEDURE (at POWER OFF) ········ 5 2. HOW TO SERVICE MB-103 BOARD······························ 5 3. CONNECTION OF SERVICE JIG ···································· 7 1. GENERAL WARNING ············································································1-1 Welcome! ···············································································1-1 Precautions·············································································1-1 About this Manual ·································································1-1 This Player Can Play the Following Discs ····························1-1 Notes about the Discs ····························································1-1 Index to Parts and Controls····················································1-2 Guide to the Control Menu Display·······································1-3 Simple Start Guide ····································································1-3 Quick Overview ·····································································1-3 Step 1: Unpacking ·································································1-3 Step 2: Inserting Batteries into the Remote ···························1-3 Step 3: TV Hookups ······························································1-4 Step 4: Playing a Disc ····························································1-4 Hookups·····················································································1-4 Hooking Up the Player ··························································1-4 Step 1: Connecting the Video Cords ······································1-4 Step 2: Connecting the Audio Cords ·····································1-5 Step 3: Connecting the Power Cord·······································1-6 Step 4: Quick Setup ·······························································1-6 Playing Discs ·············································································1-7 Playing Discs ·········································································1-7 Searching for a Particular Point on a Disc (Search, Scan, Slow-motion Play, Freeze Frame) ··············1-7 Resuming Playback from the Point Where You Stopped the Disc (Multi-disc Resume) ···················································1-7 Using the DVD’s Menu ·························································1-8 Playing VIDEO CDs with PBC Functions (PBC Playback) ··1-8 Playing an MP3 Audio Track·················································1-8 Various Play Mode Functions (Programme Play, Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, A-B Repeat Play) ···········································1-8 Searching for a Scene ······························································1-10 Searching for a Title/Chapter/Track/Index/Scene (Search mode) ···································································1-10 Searching by Scene (PICTURE NAVIGATION) ················1-10 Enjoying Karaoke ····································································1-10 Using Karaoke ·····································································1-10 Selecting the Vocals (Vocal Select)······································1-11 Viewing Information About the Disc·······································1-11 Checking the Playing Time and Remaining Time ···············1-11 Checking the Play Information ············································1-12 Sound Adjustments ··································································1-12 Changing the Sound·····························································1-12 TV Virtual Surround Settings (TVS) ···································1-12 Enjoying Movies ·····································································1-13 Changing the Angles ····························································1-13 Displaying the Subtitles ·······················································1-13 Adjusting the Picture Quality (BNR) ··································1-13 Adjusting the Playback Picture (CUSTOM PICTURE MODE)·· 1-13 Enhancing the Playback Picture (DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER) ···································································1-14 Using Various Additional Functions ········································1-14 Locking Discs (CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL, PARENTAL CONTROL) ·················································1-14 Controlling Your TV or AV Amplifier (Receiver) with the Supplied Remote·······························································1-15 Settings and Adjustments ························································1-16 Using the Setup Display ······················································1-16 Setting the Display or Sound Track Language (LANGUAGE SETUP) ····················································1-16 Settings for the Display (SCREEN SETUP) ·······················1-16 Custom Settings (CUSTOM SETUP) ·································1-16 Settings for the Sound (AUDIO SETUP) ····························1-17 Additional Information ····························································1-17 Troubleshooting ···································································1-17 Self-diagnosis Function (When letters/numbers appear in the display) ·············································································1-18 Glossary ···············································································1-18 Language Code List ·····························································1-18 2. DISASSEMBLY 2-1. CASE, TRAY COVER ASSEMBLY ······························2-2 2-2. FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY ·········································2-2 2-3. MECHANISM DECK·····················································2-3 2-4. OPTICAL PICK-UP (KHM-270AAA)···························2-3 2-5. DC-MOTOR, MS-81T BOARD ·····································2-4 2-6. MB-103KM (GA) BOARD ·············································2-4 2-7. AV-63KM (GA) BOARD ················································2-5 2-8. POWER BLOCK·····························································2-5 2-9. IF-092KM (GA) BOARD ···············································2-6 2-10. MC-139 BOARD·····························································2-6 2-11. INTERNAL VIEWS························································2-7 2-12. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION ···································2-8 3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS 3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM ····································3-1 3-2. RF/SERVO BLOCK DIAGRAM ····································3-3 3-3. SIGNAL PROCESSOR BLOCK DIAGRAM ················3-5 3-4. SYSTEM CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM ···················3-7 3-5. VIDEO BLOCK DIAGRAM ··········································3-9 3-6. AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM ········································3-11 3-7. INTERFACE CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM ···········3-13 3-8. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/3) ······························3-15 3-9. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/3) ······························3-17 3-10. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (3/3) ······························3-19 4. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM································4-1 4-2. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······································································4-4 • MS-81 (LOADING) PRINTED WIRING BOARD AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······························4-5 • MB-103 (DVD/CD RF AMP, DIGITAL SERVO, MOTOR DRIVE, SERVO, AV DECODER, SDRAM, SYSTEM CONTROL, AUDIO DAC, PLL) PRINTED WIRING BOARD ·························4-7 • MB-103 (DVD/CD RF AMP, DIGITAL SERVO) (1/7) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-11 • MB-103 (MOTOR DRIVE) (2/7) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-13 • MB-103 (SERVO) (3/7) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-15 • MB-103 (AV DECODER) (4/7) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-17 • MB-103 (SDRAM) (5/7) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-19 • MB-103 (SYSTEM CONTROL) (6/7) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-21 • MB-103 (AUDIO DAC, PLL) (7/7) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-23 • AV-063 (AUDIO OUT, VIDEO OUT) PRINTED WIRING BOARD ·······················4-25 • AV-063 (AUDIO OUT) (1/2) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-27 • AV-063 (VIDEO OUT) (2/2) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-29 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com — 4 — • IF-092 (IF COM) PRINTED WIRING BOARD ·······················4-31 • IF-092 (IF COM) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-33 • MC-139 (MIC AMP) PRINTED WIRING BOARD ·······················4-35 • MC-139 (MIC AMP) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-37 • ETXNY381N2F (SWITCHING REGULATOR) PRINTED WIRING BOARD ·······················4-39 • HS11S1U/HS11S1F (SWITCHING REGULATOR) PRINTED WIRING BOARD ·······················4-41 • ETXNY381N2F (SWITCHING REGULATOR) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-43 • HS11S1U/HS11S1F (SWITCHING REGULATOR) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-45 5. IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 5-1. SYSTEM CONTROL PIN FUNCTION (MB-103 BOARD IC104: MB91307RPFV-G-BND-E1) ·5-1 6. TEST MODE 6-1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION ···········································6-1 6-2. STARTING TEST MODE···············································6-1 6-3. SYSCON DIAGNOSIS ···················································6-1 6-4. DRIVE AUTO ADJUSTMENT ······································6-5 6-5. DRIVE MANUAL OPERATION ···································6-7 6-6. MECHA AGING ···························································6-11 6-7. EMERGENCY HISTORY ············································6-11 6-8. VERSION INFORMATION ·········································6-11 6-9. VIDEO LEVEL ADJUSTMENT ··································6-11 6-10. IF CON SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ·················6-12 6-11. TROUBLESHOOTING ················································6-18 7. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT 7-1. POWER SUPPLY CHECK ·············································7-1 7-2. ADJUSTMENT OF VIDEO SYSTEM···························7-2 1. Video Level Adjustment (MB-103 BOARD) ··················7-2 2. Checking S Video Output S-Y·········································7-2 3. Checking S Video Output S-C ·········································7-2 4. Checking Component Video Output Y ····························7-2 5. Checking Component Video Output B-Y························7-3 6. Checking Component Video Output R-Y························7-3 7-3. ADJUSTMENT RELATED PARTS ARRANGEMENT ·7-4 8. REPAIR PARTS LIST 8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS ······················································8-1 8-1-1.FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY ·········································8-1 8-1-2.CHASSIS ASSEMBLY ···················································8-2 8-1-3.MECHANISM DECK ASSEMBLY ·······························8-3 8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ··········································8-4 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com — 5 — SERVICE NOTE 1. DISC REMOVAL PROCEDURE (at POWER OFF) 1) Insert a driver into the aperture of the unit bottom, and move the lever of chuck cam in the direction of the arrow A. (See Fig. 1) 2) Draw out the tray in the direction of the arrow B, and remove a disc. (See Fig. 1) 2. HOW TO SERVICE MB-103 BOARD • Jig 1) Remove the upper case from the set. (Refer to section 2-1) 2) Remove the MB-103 board. (Refer to section 2-6) 3) Set the MB-103 board in the stand (with CK-121 board) as shown in Fig. 2. Fig. 1. Fig. 2. B A Aperture Lever of chuck cam Tray FFC 26P J-6090-117-A, FFC 9P J-6090-118-A, FFC 5P J-6090-119-A, FFC 15P J-6090-121-A, FFC 25P J-6090-122-A Harness 6P (J-6090-126-A) CK-120 board (J-6090-127-A) CK-122 board (J-6090-129-A) Stand (CK-121 board) (J-6090-132-A) Five flexible flat cables 3 Connector (CN101) 5 Connector (CN601) 2 Stand (with CK-121 board) 1 MB-103 board 6 CK-122 board 4 Two tapping screws (3 x 6) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com — 6 — 4) Set the CK-120 board in the place where the MB-103 board is removed, as shown in Fig. 3. 5) Set the four flexible flat cables as shown in Fig. 4. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 3. 7 Connector (CN102) 4 Connector (CN106) 6 Connector (CN112) 5 Connector (CN104) 2 Flexible flat cable (FFC 9P: CN204) 3 Flexible flat cable (FFC 5P: CN201) 8 Flexible flat cable (FFC 15P: CN202 (CK-121 board)) 1 Flexible flat cable (FFC 26P: CN203) 2 Connector (CN114) 4 Harness (6P: CN110) 4 Harness (6P: CN102) 1 Flexible flat cable (FFC 25P: CN301 (CK-122 board)) 5 Harness (CN109, 6P) 2 Four tapping screws (3 × 6) 1 CK-120 board 3 Flexible flat cable (FMO-001) (CN101, 26P) 4 Flexible flat cable (FMO-002) (CN103, 9P) 6 Flexible flat cable (FMM-035) (CN105, 5P) 8 Connector (CN111, 9P) 7 Connector (CN113, 25P) 6) Set the flexible flat cable and the harness as shown in Fig. 5. 7) Set is finished. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com — 7 — 3. CONNECTION OF SERVICE JIG CK-120 BOARD Mechanism deck IF-92 BOARD CK-122 BOARD CK-121 BOARD (Stand) B to B Connector 9P B to B Connector 9P B to B Connector 25P B to B Connector 25P FFC26P (Used the set) FFC 9P (Used the set) FFC 5P (Used the set) HARNESS 6P HARNESS 5P (Used the set) FFC26P FFC25P FFC 9P FFC 5P HARNESS 6P FFC15P CN101 CN102 CN113 CN114 CN103 CN104 CN105 CN106 CN203 CN301 CN204 CN201 CN110 CN102 CN109 CN403 CN404 MC-139 BOARD MB-103 BOARD CN501 CN112 CN111 CN201 CN202 CN101 CN601 CN302 AV-63 BOARD CN204 CN203 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com — 8 — MEMO www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-1 SECTION 1 GENERAL DVP-K370 This section is extracted from instruction manual. (DVP-K370 : 3-074-928-11) 2 WARNING To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the unit to rain or moisture. To avoid electrical shock, do not open the cabinet. Refer servicing to qualified personnel only. Mains lead must only be changed at a qualified service shop. CAUTION The use of optical instruments with this product will increase eye hazard. As the laser beam used in this CD/DVD player is harmful to eyes, do not attempt to disassemble the cabinet. Refer servicing to qualified personnel only. Precautions Safety • The power requirements and power consumption of this unit are indicated on the back of the unit. Check that the unit’s operating voltage is identical with your local power supply. • To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not place objects filled with liquids, such as vases, on the apparatus. Installing • Do not install the unit in an inclined position. It is designed to be operated in a horizontal position only. • Keep the unit and discs away from equipment with strong magnets, such as microwave ovens, or large loudspeakers. • Do not place heavy objects on the unit. DVP–XXXX 00V 00Hz 00W NO. 0-000-000-00 X Power requirements and power consumption m Welcome! Thank you for purchasing this Sony CD/DVD Player. Before operating this player, please read this manual thoroughly and retain it for future reference. 3 Precautions On safety • Caution – The use of optical instruments with this product will increase eye hazard. • Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, unplug the player and have it checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further. On power sources • The player is not disconnected from the AC power source (mains) as long as it is connected to the wall outlet, even if the player itself has been turned off. • If you are not going to use the player for a long time, be sure to disconnect the player from the wall outlet. To disconnect the AC power cord (mains lead), grasp the plug itself; never pull the cord. On placement • Place the player in a location with adequate ventilation to prevent heat build-up in the player. • Do not place the player on a soft surface such as a rug that might block the ventilation holes. • Do not place the player in a location near heat sources, or in a place subject to direct sunlight, excessive dust, or mechanical shock. On operation • If the player is brought directly from a cold to a warm location, or is placed in a very damp room, moisture may condense on the lenses inside the player. Should this occur, the player may not operate properly. In this case, remove the disc and leave the player turned on for about half an hour until the moisture evaporates. • When you move the player, take out any discs. If you don’t, the disc may be damaged. On adjusting volume Do not turn up the volume while listening to a section with very low level inputs or no audio signals. If you do, the speakers may be damaged when a peak level section is played. On cleaning Clean the cabinet, panel, and controls with a soft cloth slightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder or solvent such as alcohol or benzine. If you have any questions or problems concerning your player, please consult your nearest Sony dealer. On cleaning discs Do not use a commercially available cleaning disc. It may cause a malfunction. IMPORTANT NOTICE Caution: This player is capable of holding a still video image or on-screen display image on your television screen indefinitely. If you leave the still video image or on-screen display image displayed on your TV for an extended period of time you risk permanent damage to your television screen. Projection televisions are especially susceptible to this. 6 About this Manual • Instructions in this manual describe the controls on the remote. You can also use the controls on the player if they have the same or similar names as those on the remote. • Displays on the screen are slightly different depending upon where the model is sold. • The meaning of the icons used in this manual is described below: * MP3 (MPEG 1 Audio Layer 3) is a standard format defined by ISO/MPEG which compresses audio data. This Player Can Play the Following Discs The “DVD VIDEO” logo is a trademark. Region code Your player has a region code printed on the back of the unit and only will play DVD VIDEO discs (playback only) labelled with identical region codes. This system is used to protect copyrights. DVDs labelled will also play on this player. If you try to play any other DVD, the message “Playback prohibited by area limitations.” will appear on the TV screen. Depending on the DVD, no region code indication may be labelled even though playing the DVD is prohibited by area restrictions. Example of discs that the player cannot play The player cannot play the following discs: • All CD-ROMs (including PHOTO CDs)/ CD-Rs/CD-RWs other than those recorded in the following formats: –music CD format –video CD format –MP3 format that conforms to ISO9660* Level 1/Level 2, or its extended format, Joliet • Data part of CD-Extras • DVD-RWs in VR mode • DVD-ROMs • DVD Audio discs • HD layer on Super Audio CDs * A logical format of files and folders on CD- ROMs defined by ISO (International Standard Organization). Also, the player cannot play the following discs: • A DVD with a different region code. • A disc that has a non-standard shape (e.g., card, heart). • A disc with paper or stickers on it. • A disc that has the adhesive of cellophane tape or a sticker still left on it. Icon Meaning Functions available for DVD VIDEOs or DVD-Rs/DVD- RWs in video mode Functions available for VIDEO CDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in video CD format Functions available for DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD- RWs containing MP3* audio tracks) Functions available for music CDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in music CD format Format of discs DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD Music CD ALL DVP–XXXX 00V 00Hz 00W NO. 0-000-000-00 X Region code 7 Note Some CD-Rs, CD-RWs, DVD-Rs, or DVD-RWs (in video mode) cannot be played on this player due to the recording quality or physical condition of the disc, or the characteristics of the recording device. Furthermore, the disc will not play if it has not been correctly finalized. For more information, see the operating instructions for the recording device. Note that discs created in the Packet Write format cannot be played. Note on playback operations of DVDs and VIDEO CDs Some playback operations of DVDs and VIDEO CDs may be intentionally set by software producers. Since this player plays DVDs and VIDEO CDs according to the disc contents the software producers designed, some playback features may not be available. Also, refer to the instructions supplied with the DVDs or VIDEO CDs. Copyrights This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents, other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation, and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Notes about the Discs • To keep the disc clean, handle the disc by its edge. Do not touch the surface. • Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or heat sources such as hot air ducts, or leave it in a car parked in direct sunlight as the temperature may rise considerably inside the car. • After playing, store the disc in its case. • Clean the disc with a cleaning cloth. Wipe the disc from the centre out. • Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners, or anti-static spray intended for vinyl LPs. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-2 8 Index to Parts and Controls For more information, refer to the pages indicated in parentheses. Front panel A [/1 (on/standby) button/indicator (28) Lights up in green when the power is on and lights up in red when the player is in standby mode. B MIC (microphone) connector (43) C MIC (microphone) LEVEL control (43) D ECHO LEVEL control (43) E Disc tray (28) F A (open/close) button (28) G ./> (previous/next) buttons (29) H C/X/x/c ENTER buttons (32) I TOP MENU button (32) J MENU button (32) (33) K O RETURN button (29) L DISPLAY button (12) M x (stop) button (29) N X (pause) button (29) O H (play) button (28) P Front panel display (9) Q (remote sensor) (15) R SURROUND button (51) S PICTURE MODE button (55) 9 Front panel display When playing back a DVD When playing back a VIDEO CD with Playback Control (PBC) (32) When playing back a CD, DATA CD (MP3 audio), or VIDEO CD (without PBC) Playing time (47) Disc type Current audio signal (50) Lights up when you can change the angle (53) Current play mode (35) Current audio signal (50) Playing status Current title and chapter (47) Lights up when the player outputs the signal in NTSC format Disc type Playing time (47) Lights up when the player outputs the signal in NTSC format Current scene (47) Current play mode (35) Playing status Playing time (47) Disc type Lights up when playing MP3 audio tracks (33) Current play mode (35) Current track and index (47) Lights up when the player outputs the signal in NTSC format Playing status ,continued 10 Rear panel A DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL) jack (22) (23) (24) B DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack (22) (23) (24) C LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks (21) (22) (23) D LINE OUT (VIDEO) 1/2 jacks (18) E S VIDEO OUT jack (18) F COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks (18) PCM/DTS/MPEG DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO DIGITAL OUT LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y CB CR 11 Remote A TV [/1 (on/standby) button (62) B Z OPEN/CLOSE button (29) C Number buttons (32) The number 5 button has a tactile dot.* D CLEAR button (35) E SUBTITLE button (53) F AUDIO button (50) G REPEAT button (38) H VOCAL SELECT button (44) I ./> PREV (previous)/NEXT buttons (29) J c / C SEARCH/STEP buttons (30) K X PAUSE button (29) L H PLAY button (28) The H button has a tactile dot.* M C/X/x/c buttons (32) N DISPLAY button (12) O TOP MENU button (32) P [/1 (on/standby) button (28) Q VOL (volume) +/– buttons (62) The + button has a tactile dot.* R TV/VIDEO button (62) S ENTER button (performs the same function as wl) T TIME/TEXT button (46) U ANGLE button (53) V PICTURE NAVI (navigation) button (41) W SUR (surround) button (51) X PICTURE MODE button (55) Y REPLAY button (29) Z SEARCH MODE button (40) wj m/M SCAN/SLOW buttons (30) wk x STOP button (29) wl ENTER button (25) e; O RETURN button (29) ea MENU button (32) (33) * Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating the player. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-3 12 Guide to the Control Menu Display Use the Control Menu to select a function and to view related information. Press DISPLAY repeatedly to turn on or change the Control Menu display as follows: z Hint You can skip the ADVANCED display by setting “OFF” under “ADVANCED” in the Control Menu (page 48). Control Menu Display The Control Menu display 1 and 2 will show different items depending on the disc type. For details about each item, please refer to the pages in the parentheses. Example: Control Menu display 1 when playing a DVD * Displays the scene number for VIDEO CDs (PBC is on), track number for VIDEO CDs/ CDs, album number for DATA CDs. ** Displays the index number for VIDEO CDs/ CDs, MP3 audio track number for DATA CDs. Control Menu display 1 m Control Menu display 2 (DVD/VIDEO CD only) m ADVANCED display (DVD only, See page 48.) m Control Menu display off , OFF 1: ENGLISH 2: FRENCH 3: SPANISH OFF 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO PLAY Select: Cancel: SUBTITLE ENTER RETURN Currently playing chapter number** Playing time Total number of chapters** Currently playing title number* Options Current setting Total number of titles* Playback status (N Playback, X Pause, x Stop, etc.) Function name of selected Control Menu item Operation message Selected item Control Menu items Type of disc being played 13 List of Control Menu Items Item Item Name, Function, Relevant Disc Type TITLE (page 40)/SCENE (page 40)/TRACK (page 40) Selects the title, scene, or track to be played. CHAPTER (page 40)/INDEX (page 40) Selects the chapter or index to be played. ALBUM (page 33) Selects the album to be played. TRACK (page 40) Selects the track to be played. INDEX (page 40) Selects the index to be played. TIME/TEXT (page 40) Checks the elapsed time and the remaining playback time. Input the time code for picture and music searching. Displays the DVD/CD text or the DATA CD’s track name. AUDIO (page 50) Changes the audio setting. SUBTITLE (page 53) Displays the subtitles. Changes the subtitle language. ANGLE (page 53) Changes the angle. TVS (TV Virtual Surround) (page 51) Selects the surround functions. ADVANCED (page 48) Displays the information (bit rate or layer) of the disc currently playing. PARENTAL CONTROL (page 58) Set to prohibit playback on this player. SETUP (page 64) QUICK Setup (page 25) Use Quick Setup to choose the desired language of the on-screen display, the aspect ratio of the TV and the audio output. CUSTOM Setup In addition to the Quick Setup setting, you can adjust other various settings. RESET Returns the settings in “SETUP” to the default setting. PROGRAM (page 35) Selects the title, chapter, or track to play in the order you want. SHUFFLE (page 37) Plays the title, chapter, or track in random order. REPEAT (page 38) Plays the entire disc (all titles/all tracks/all albums) repeatedly or one title/chapter/ track/album repeatedly. A-B REPEAT (page 39) Specifies the parts you want to play repeatedly. ,continued 14 z Hint The Control Menu icon indicator lights up in green when you select any item except “OFF.” (“TVS,” “PROGRAM,” “SHUFFLE,” “REPEAT,” “A-B REPEAT,” “BNR,” “DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER” only). The “ANGLE” indicator lights up in green only when the angles can be changed. The “CUSTOM PICTURE MODE” indicator lights up in green when any setting other than “STANDARD” is selected. BNR (page 54) Adjusts the picture quality by reducing the “block noise” or mosaic like patterns that appear on your TV screen. CUSTOM PICTURE MODE (page 55) Adjusts the video signal from the player. You can select the picture quality that best suits the programme you are watching. DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER (page 56) Exaggerates the outline of the image to produce a sharper picture. PICTURE NAVIGATION (page 41) Divides the screen into 9 subscreens to help you find the scene you want quickly. t 15 Simple Start Guide Simple Start Guide Quick Overview A quick overview presented in this guide will give you enough information to start using the player for your enjoyment. To use the surround sound features of this player, refer to “Hookups” on page 18. Notes • You cannot connect this player to a TV that does not have a video input jack. • Be sure to disconnect the power cord (mains lead) of each component before connecting. Step 1: Unpacking Check that you have the following items: • Audio/video cord (pinplug × 3 y pinplug × 3) (1) • Remote commander (remote) (1) • Size R6 (AA) batteries (2) Step 2: Inserting Batteries into the Remote You can control the player using the supplied remote. Insert two size R6 (AA) batteries by matching the 3 and # ends on the batteries to the markings inside the compartment. When using the remote, point it at the remote sensor on the player. Notes • Do not leave the remote in an extremely hot or humid place. • Do not drop any foreign object into the remote casing, particularly when replacing the batteries. • Do not expose the remote sensor to direct light from the sun or a lighting apparatus. Doing so may cause a malfunction. • If you do not use the remote for an extended period of time, remove the batteries to avoid possible damage from battery leakage and corrosion. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-4 16 Step 3: TV Hookups Connect the supplied audio/video cord and the power cord (mains lead) in the order (1~3) shown below. Be sure to connect the power cord (mains lead) last. When connecting to a standard 4:3 screen TV Depending on the disc, the image may not fit your TV screen. If you want to change the aspect ratio, please refer to page 66. To change the colour system The colour system of the player is set to NTSC or PAL. If the on-screen display of the player does not appear on the TV, change the colour system of the player (PAL or NTSC) so that a picture appears on your TV. To change the colour system, hold [/1 down for a few seconds while pressing X on the player. z Hints • To check the current setting of the player’s colour system, press [/1 on the player or remote. The power indicator lights up in green. When “NTSC” appears on the front panel display, the colour system of the player is set to NTSC. When “NTSC” does not appear, the colour system is set to PAL. • When connecting to a monaural TV, use a stereo- mono conversion cord (not supplied). Connect the LINE OUT (VIDEO) 1/2 jacks on the player to the TV’s video input jack, and connect the LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks to the TV’s audio input jack. PCM/DTS/MPEG DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO DIGITAL OUT LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y CB CR VIDEO AUDIO INPUT L R (yellow) (white) (red) R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO LINE OUT to LINE OUT (VIDEO)1 or 2 to audio input 1 Audio/video cord (supplied) 2 Power source to video input to LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO)1 or 2 CD/DVD Player TV 3 Power source l : Signal flow 17 Simple Start Guide Step 4: Playing a Disc A Turn on the TV. B Press [/1 on the player. C Switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. D Press A on the player to open the disc tray. E Place the disc on the tray with the playback side facing down. F Press H. The disc tray closes and the player begins playing the disc. After Step 6 Depending on the disc, a menu may be displayed on the TV screen. If so, select the item you want from the menu and play the DVD (page 32) or VIDEO CD disc (page 32). To stop playing Press x. To remove the disc Press A. To turn off the player Press [/1. The player enters standby mode and the power indicator lights up in red. With the playback side facing down 18 Hookups Hooking Up the Player Follow Steps 1 to 4 to hook up and adjust the settings of the player. Before you start, disconnect the power cords (mains leads), check that you have all of the supplied accessories, and insert the batteries into the remote (page 15). Notes • Plug cords securely to prevent unwanted noise. • Refer to the instructions supplied with the components to be connected. Step 1: Connecting the Video Cords Connect this player to your TV monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) using a video cord. Select one of the patterns A through C, according to the input jack on your TV monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver). PCM/DTS/MPEG DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO DIGITAL OUT LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y CB CR B A C INPUT S VIDEO CR CB Y COMPONENT VIDEO IN VIDEO AUDIO INPUT L R l : Signal flow Component video cord (not supplied) (yellow) Audio/video cord (supplied) TV, projector or AV amplifier (receiver) CD/DVD player TV, projector or AV amplifier (receiver) (green) S VIDEO cord (not supplied) TV, projector or AV amplifier (receiver) (red) (blue) (yellow) (green) (blue) (red) to LINE OUT (VIDEO)1 or 2 to COMPONENT VIDEO OUT to S VIDEO OUT 19 Hookups A If you are connecting to a video input jack Connect the yellow plug of the audio/video cord (supplied) to the yellow (video) jacks. You will enjoy standard quality images. Use the red and white plugs to connect to the audio input jacks (page 21). (Do this if you are connecting to a TV only.) B If you are connecting to an S VIDEO input jack Connect an S VIDEO cord (not supplied). You will enjoy high quality images. C If you are connecting to a monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) having component video input jacks (Y, CB, CR) Connect the component via the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks using a component video cord (not supplied) or three video cords (not supplied) of the same kind and length. You will enjoy accurate colour reproduction and high quality images. Notes • You can switch the player’s colour system to match the colour system of the connected TV (page 16). • Do not connect the player to a VCR. If you pass the player signals via the VCR, you may not receive a clear image on the TV screen. If your TV only has one audio/video input jack, connect the player to this jack. Yellow (Video) White (L) Red (R) Yellow (Video) White (L) Red (R) Green Blue Red Green Blue Red VCR CD/DVD player TV Connect directly www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-5 20 Step 2: Connecting the Audio Cords Refer to the chart below to select the connection that best suits your system. Be sure to also read the instructions for the components you wish to connect. Select a connection Select one of the following connections, through . * Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby,” “Pro Logic,” and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. ** “DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc. Components to be connected Connection Your setup TV • Surround effects: TVS DYNAMIC (page 52), TVS WIDE (page 52) (page 21) example Stereo amplifier (receiver) and two speakers • Surround effects: TVS STANDARD (page 52) or MD deck/DAT deck • Surround effects: none (page 22) example AV amplifier (receiver) having a Dolby* Surround (Pro Logic) decoder and 3 to 6 speakers • Surround effects: Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) (page 74) (page 23) example AV amplifier (receiver) with a digital input jack having a Dolby Digital, MPEG audio, or DTS** decoder and 6 speakers • Surround effects: Dolby Digital (5.1ch) (page 74), DTS (5.1ch) (page 74), MPEG audio (5.1 ch) (page 74) (page 24) example A D A B C D 21 Hookups Connecting to your TV This connection will use your TV speakers for sound. * The yellow plug is used for video signals (page 18). z Hint When connecting to a monaural TV, use a stereo- mono conversion cord (not supplied). Connect the LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks to the TV’s audio input jack. A PCM/DTS/MPEG DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO DIGITAL OUT LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y CB CR R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO LINE OUT A TV l : Signal flow CD/DVD player (white) (red) Audio/video cord (supplied) to audio input (yellow) (white) (red) (yellow)* to LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1 or 2 ,continued 22 Connecting to a stereo amplifier (receiver) and 2 speakers/Connecting to an MD deck or DAT deck If the stereo amplifier (receiver) has audio input jacks L and R only, use . If the amplifier (receiver) has a digital input jack, or when connecting to an MD deck or DAT deck, use . In this case, you can also connect the player directly to the MD deck or DAT deck without using your stereo amplifier (receiver). z Hint In connection , you can use the supplied audio/video cord instead of using a separate stereo audio cord. Note If you select one of the TVS effects (page 51) while playing a disc, no sound will come from your speakers with the connection. B B-1 B-2 PCM/DTS/MPEG DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO DIGITAL OUT LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y CB CR B-2 B-1 PCM/DTS/MPEG DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO LINE OUT CD/DVD player or Stereo amplifier (receiver) MD deck/DAT deck Front (L) Front (R) [Speakers] (white) (red) (red) (white) Coaxial digital cord (not supplied) Stereo audio cord (not supplied) to audio input to coaxial or optical digital input Optical digital cord (not supplied) Remove jack cap before connecting or to LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1 or 2 to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) l: Signal flow B-1 B-2 23 Hookups Connecting to an AV amplifier (receiver) having a Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) decoder and 3 to 6 speakers You can enjoy the Dolby Surround effects only when playing Dolby Surround audio or multi- channel audio (Dolby Digital) discs. If your amplifier (receiver) has L and R audio input jacks only, use . If your amplifier (receiver) has a digital input jack, use . Note When connecting 6 speakers, replace the monaural rear speaker with a center speaker, 2 rear speakers and a subwoofer. C C-1 C-2 PCM/DTS/MPEG DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO DIGITAL OUT LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y CB CR C-2 C-1 PCM/DTS/MPEG DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO LINE OUT CD/DVD player or Front (R) Front (L) Rear (R) Subwoofer l: Signal flow Rear (L) Amplifier (receiver) with Dolby Surround decoder Center Rear (mono) Stereo audio cord (not supplied) [Speakers] Coaxial digital cord (not supplied) (red) (white) to coaxial or optical digital input Optical digital cord (not supplied) Remove jack cap before connecting [Speakers] or to audio input (white) (red) to LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1 or 2 to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-6 24 Connecting to an AV amplifier (receiver) with a digital input jack having a Dolby Digital, MPEG audio or DTS decoder and 6 speakers This connection will allow you to use the Dolby Digital, MPEG audio or DTS decoder function of your AV amplifier (receiver). You are unable to enjoy the surround sound effects of this player. Note After you have completed the connection, be sure to set “DOLBY DIGITAL” to “DOLBY DIGITAL” and “DTS” to “ON” in Quick Setup (page 25). If your AV amplifier (receiver) has an MPEG audio decoder function, set “MPEG” to “MPEG” (page 70). D PCM/DTS/MPEG DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO DIGITAL OUT LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y CB CR D PCM/DTS/MPEG DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT Front (R) Front (L) Rear (R) AV amplifier (receiver) having a decoder Subwoofer Center Coaxial digital cord (not supplied) Optical digital cord (not supplied) Remove jack cap before connecting [Speakers] CD/DVD player l: Signal flow [Speakers] Rear (L) to optical digital input or to coaxial digital input to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) 25 Hookups Step 3: Connecting the Power Cord Plug the player and TV power cords into an AC outlet (mains). Step 4: Quick Setup Follow the steps below to make the minimum number of basic adjustments for using the player. To skip an adjustment, press >. To return to the previous adjustment, press .. 1 Turn on the TV. 2 Press [/1. 3 Switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. “Press [ENTER] to run QUICK SETUP” appears at the bottom of the screen. If this message does not appear, select “QUICK” under “SETUP” in the Control Menu to run Quick Setup (page 65). 4 Press ENTER without inserting a disc. The Setup Display for selecting the language used in the on-screen display appears. 5 Press X/x to select a language. The player uses the language selected here to display the menu and subtitles as well. 6 Press ENTER. The Setup Display for selecting the aspect ratio of the TV to be connected appears. 7 Press X/x to select the setting that matches your TV type. N If you have a wide-screen TV or a 4:3 standard TV with a wide-screen mode • 16:9 (page 66) N If you have a 4:3 standard TV • 4:3 LETTER BOX or 4:3 PAN SCAN (page 66) 8 Press ENTER. The Setup Display for selecting the type of jack used to connect your amplifier (receiver) appears. ./> X/x ENTER [/1 LANGUAGE SETUP OSD: MENU: AUDIO: SUBTITLE: CHINESE1 ENGLISH ENGLISH CHINESE2 SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: COLOR SYSTEM: SCREEN SAVER: 16:9 4:3 LETTER BOX BACKGROUND: 4:3 PAN SCAN 16:9 ,continued 26 9 Press X/x to select the type of jack (if any) you are using to connect to an amplifier (receiver), then press ENTER. Choose the item that matches the audio connection you selected on pages 21 to 24 ( through ). • If you connect just a TV and nothing else, select “NO.” Quick Setup is finished and connections are complete. • Select “LINE OUTPUT L/R (AUDIO).” Quick Setup is finished and connections are complete. • Select “DIGITAL OUTPUT.” The Setup Display for “DOLBY DIGITAL” appears. 10Press X/x to select the type of Dolby Digital signal you wish to send to your amplifier (receiver). Choose the signal that matches the audio connection you selected on pages 22 to 24 ( through ). • D-PCM (page 70) • DOLBY DIGITAL (only if the amplifier (receiver) has a Dolby Digital decoder) (page 70) 11Press ENTER. “DTS” is selected. 12Press X/x to select whether or not you wish to send a DTS signal to your amplifier (receiver). Choose the item that matches the audio connection you selected on pages 22 to 24 ( through ). • OFF (page 70) • ON (only if the amplifier (receiver) has a DTS decoder) (page 70) 13Press ENTER. Quick Setup is finished. All connections and setup operations are complete. If your AV amplifier (receiver) has an MPEG audio decoder, adjust the “MPEG” setting (page 70). Enjoying the surround sound effects To enjoy the surround sound effects of this player or your amplifier (receiver), set the following items as described below for the audio connection you selected on pages 22 to 24 ( through ). Each of these is the default setting and does not need to be adjusted when you first connect the player. Refer to page 64 for using the Setup Display. Audio Connection (pages 21 to 24) • No additional settings are needed. • Set “DOWNMIX” to “DOLBY SURROUND” (page 69) YES NO Is this player connected to an amplifier (receiver) ? Select the type of jack you are using. LINE OUTPUT L/R (AUDIO) DIGITAL OUTPUT A D A B-1 C-1 B-2 C-2 D B D AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DIGITAL OUT: DOLBY DIGITAL: MPEG: OFF STANDARD ON DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND D-PCM DTS: DOLBY DIGITAL D-PCM B-2 C-2 D AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DIGITAL OUT: DOLBY DIGITAL: MPEG: OFF STANDARD ON DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND D-PCM PCM DTS: OFF OFF ON B D B-2 C-2 D B D A B-1 C-1 27 Hookups • If the sound distorts even when the volume is turned down, set “AUDIO ATT” to “ON” (page 69) • Set “DOWNMIX” to “DOLBY SURROUND” (page 69) • Set “DIGITAL OUT” to “ON” (page 69) B-2 C-2 D www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-7 28 Playing Discs Playing Discs Depending on the DVD or VIDEO CD, some operations may be different or restricted. Refer to the operating instructions supplied with your disc. 1 Turn on your TV. 2 Press [/1. The player turns on and the power indicator lights up in green. 3 Switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. N When using an amplifier (receiver) Turn on the amplifier (receiver) and select the appropriate channel so that you can hear sound from the player. 4 Press A on the player, and place a disc on the disc tray. 5 Press H. The disc tray closes, and the player starts playback (continuous play). Adjust the volume on the TV or the amplifier (receiver). Depending on the disc, a menu may appear on the TV screen. For DVDs, see page 32. For VIDEO CDs, see page 32. To turn off the player Press [/1. The player enters standby mode. z Hint The player will turn off automatically whenever you leave it in stop mode for more than 30 minutes (Auto Power off function). Notes on playing DTS sound tracks on a CD • When playing DTS-encoded CDs, excessive noise will be heard from the analog stereo jacks. To avoid possible damage to the audio system, the consumer should take proper precautions when the analog stereo jacks of the player are connected to an amplification system. To enjoy DTS Digital Surround™ playback, an external 5.1-channel decoder system must be connected to the digital jack of the player. • Set the sound to “STEREO” using the AUDIO button when you play DTS sound tracks on a CD (page 50). • Do not play DTS sound tracks without first connecting the player to an audio component having a built-in DTS decoder. The player outputs the DTS signal via the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) jack even if “DTS” in “AUDIO SETUP” is set to “OFF” in the Setup Display (page 70), and may affect your ears or cause your speakers to be damaged. [/1 H A [/1 Z AUDIO H Power indicator With the playback side facing down 29 Playing Discs Notes on playing DVDs with a DTS sound track • DTS audio signals are output only through the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) jack. • When you play a DVD with DTS sound tracks, set “DTS” to “ON” in “AUDIO SETUP” (page 70). • If you connect the player to audio equipment without a DTS decoder, do not set “DTS” to “ON” in “AUDIO SETUP” (page 70). A loud noise may come out from the speakers, affecting your ears or causing the speakers to be damaged. Additional operations z Hint The Replay function is useful when you want to review a scene or dialog that you missed. Note You may not be able to use the Replay function with some scenes. Locking the disc tray (Child Lock) You can lock the disc tray to prevent children from opening it. When the player is in standby mode, press O RETURN, ENTER, and then [/1 on the remote. The player turns on and “LOCKED” appears on the front panel display. The Z button on the player or the remote does not work while the Child Lock is set. To unlock the disc tray When the player is in standby mode, press O RETURN, ENTER, and then [/1 again. Note Even if you select “RESET” under “SETUP” in the Control Menu (page 65), the disc tray remains locked. To Operation Stop Press x Pause Press X Resume play after pause Press X or H Go to the next chapter, track, or scene in continuous play mode Press > Go back to the previous chapter, track, or scene in continuous play mode Press . Stop play and remove the disc Press Z Replay the previous scene (DVD only) Press REPLAY Z ./> H REPLAY X x ENTER O RETURN [/1 30 Searching for a Particular Point on a Disc (Search, Scan, Slow-motion Play, Freeze Frame) You can quickly locate a particular point on a disc by monitoring the picture or playing back slowly. Note Depending on the DVD/VIDEO CD, you may not be able to do some of the operations described. Locating a point quickly (Search) During playback, keep pressing C to locate a point in the playback direction or keep pressing c to locate a point in the opposite direction. When you find the point you want, release the button to return to normal playback speed. Locating a point quickly by playing a disc in fast forward or fast reverse (Scan) Press m or M while playing a disc. When you find the point you want, press H to return to normal speed. Each time you press m or M during scan, the playback speed changes. Three speeds are available. With each press the indication changes as follows: Playback direction Opposite direction The “×2B”/“×2b” playback speed is about twice the normal speed. The “FF 2M”/“FR 2m” playback speed is faster than “FF 1M”/“FR 1m.” Watching frame by frame (Slow- motion play) Press m or M when the player is in pause mode. To return to the normal speed, press H. Each time you press m or M during Slow-motion play, the playback speed changes. Two speeds are available. With each press the indication changes as follows: Playback direction SLOW 2 y SLOW 1 Opposite direction (DVD only) SLOW 2 y SLOW 1 The “SLOW 2 y”/“SLOW 2 ” playback speed is slower than “SLOW 1 y”/“SLOW 1 .” Playing one frame at a time (Freeze Frame) When the player is in the pause mode, press C to go to the next frame. Press c to go to the preceding frame (DVD only). If you hold the button down, you can view the frames in succession. To return to normal playback, press H. M c / C H m × 2B (DVD/CD only) t FF 1M t FF 2M × 2b (DVD only) t FR 1m t FR 2m 31 Playing Discs Resuming Playback from the Point Where You Stopped the Disc (Multi-disc Resume) The player stores the point where you stopped the disc for up to 40 discs and resumes playback the next time you insert the same disc. When you store a resume playback point for the 41st disc, the resume playback point for the first disc is deleted. 1 While playing a disc, press x to stop playback. “RESUME” appears on the front panel display. 2 Press H. The player starts playback from the point where you stopped the disc in Step 1. z Hints • To play from the beginning of the disc, press x twice, then press H. • For CDs and DATA CDs, the player remembers the resume playback point for the current disc unless the disc tray is opened, the AC power cord (mains lead) is disconnected, or only for DATA CDs, the player enters standby mode. Notes • “MULTI-DISC RESUME” in “CUSTOM SETUP” must be set to “ON” (default) for this function to work (page 68). • The resume playback point for the current disc is cleared when: – you change the play mode. – you change the settings on the Setup Display. • Resume Play does not work during Shuffle Play and Programme Play. • This function may not work with some discs. H x www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-8 32 Using the DVD’s Menu A DVD is divided into long sections of a picture or a music feature called “titles.” When you play a DVD which contains several titles, you can select the title you want using the TOP MENU button. When you play DVDs that allow you to select items such as the language for the subtitles and the language for the sound, select these items using the MENU button. 1 Press TOP MENU or MENU. The disc’s menu appears on the TV screen. The contents of the menu vary from disc to disc. 2 Press C/X/x/c or the number buttons to select the item you want to play or change. 3 Press ENTER. z Hint The disc’s menu also appears when the TOP MENU or MENU button on the player is pressed. Playing VIDEO CDs with PBC Functions (PBC Playback) PBC (Playback Control) allows you to play VIDEO CDs interactively by following the menu on the TV screen. 1 Start playing a VIDEO CD with PBC functions. The menu for your selection appears. 2 Select the item number you want by pressing X/x or the number buttons. 3 Press ENTER. 4 Follow the instructions in the menu for interactive operations. Refer to the instructions supplied with the disc, as the operating procedure may differ depending on the VIDEO CD. Number buttons ENTER MENU TOP MENU C/X/x/c Number buttons H x ENTER O RETURN ./> X/x 33 Playing Discs To return to the menu Press O RETURN. z Hint To play without using PBC, press ./> or the number buttons while the player is stopped to select a track, then press H or ENTER. “Play without PBC” appears on the TV screen and the player starts continuous play. You cannot play still pictures such as a menu. To return to PBC playback, press x twice then press H. Notes • Depending on the VIDEO CD, “Press ENTER” in Step 3 may appear as “Press SELECT” in the instructions supplied with the disc. In this case, press H. • The PBC functions of Super VCDs do not work with this player. Super VCDs are played in continuous play mode only. Playing an MP3 Audio Track You can play back DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/ CD-Rs/CD-RWs) recorded in MP3 (MPEG1 Audio Layer 3) format. 1 Press Z and place a DATA CD on the disc tray. 2 Press H. The disc tray closes, and the player starts to play the first MP3 audio track in the first album on the disc. Notes • The player can play MP3 audio tracks recorded in the following sampling frequencies: 32kHz, 44.1kHz, 48kHz. • The playback order may be different from the edited order. See “The Playback order of MP3 audio tracks” below for details. Selecting an album and track 1 Press MENU. The list of MP3 albums recorded on the DATA CD appears. Z H ENTER O RETURN MENU C/X/x/c ,continued 34 2 Select an album using X/x and press ENTER. The list of tracks contained in the album appears. 3 Select a track using X/x and press ENTER. The selected track starts playing. When a track or album is being played, its title is shaded. To go to the next or previous page Press c or C. To return to the previous display Press O RETURN. To turn off the display Press MENU. Notes • Only the letters in the alphabet and numbers can be used for album or track names. Anything else is displayed as “*.” • ID3 tags cannot be displayed. About MP3 audio tracks You can play MP3 audio tracks on CD- ROMs, CD-Rs, or CD-RWs. However, the discs must be recorded according to ISO9660 level 1, level 2, or Joliet format for the player to recognize the tracks. You can also play discs recorded in Multi Session. See the instructions of the CD-R/RW device or recording software (not supplied) for details on the recording format. To play a Multi Session CD This player can play Multi Session CDs when an MP3 audio track is located in the first session. Any subsequent MP3 audio tracks, recorded in the later sessions, can also be played back. When audio tracks and images in music CD format or video CD format are recorded in the first session, only the first session will be played back. Notes • If you put the extension “.MP3” to data not in MP3 format, the player cannot recognize the data properly and will generate a loud noise which could damage your speaker system. • The player cannot play audio tracks in MP3PRO format. The Playback order of MP3 audio tracks The playback order of albums and tracks recorded on a DATA CD is as follows. NStructure of disc contents 1 ( 3 0 ) R O C K B E S T H I T K A R A O K E J A Z Z R & B M Y F A V O R I T E S O N G S C L A S S I C A L S A L S A O F C U B A B O S S A N O V A J A Z Z 1 ( 9 0 ) 0 1 S H E I S S P E C I A L 0 2 A L L Y O U N E E D I S . . . 0 3 S P I C Y L I F E 0 4 H A P P Y H O U R 0 5 R I V E R S I D E 0 6 5 0 7 T A K E T I M E , T A K E T I M E ROOT Tree 1 Tree 2 Tree 3 Tree 4 Tree 5 album track 35 Playing Discs When you insert a DATA CD and press H, the numbered tracks are played sequentially, from 1 through 7. Any sub-albums/tracks contained within a currently selected album take priority over the next album in the same tree. (Example: C contains D so 4 is played before 5.) When you press MENU and the list of MP3 albums appears (page 33), the albums are arranged in the following order: A t B t C t D t F t G. Albums that do not contain tracks (such as album E) do not appear in the list. z Hints • If you add numbers (01, 02, 03, etc.) to the front of the track file names, the tracks will be played in that order. • Since a disc with many trees takes longer to start playback, it is recommended that you create albums of no more than two trees. Notes • Depending on the software you use to create the DATA CD, the playback order may differ from the illustration above. • The playback order above may not be applicable if there are more than a total of 200 albums and tracks in the DATA CD. • The player can recognize up to 100 albums (the player will count just albums, including albums that do not contain MP3 audio tracks). The player will not play any albums beyond the first 100 albums. Of the first 100 albums, the player will play no more than a combined total of 200 albums and tracks. Various Play Mode Functions (Programme Play, Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, A-B Repeat Play) You can set the following play modes: • Programme Play (page 35) • Shuffle Play (page 37) • Repeat Play (page 38) • A-B Repeat Play (page 39) Note The play mode is cancelled when: – you open the disc tray. – the player enters standby mode by pressing [/1. Creating your own programme (Programme Play) You can play the contents of a disc in the order you want by arranging the order of the titles, chapters, or tracks on the disc to create your own programme. You can programme up to 99 titles, chapters, and tracks. X/x/c DISPLAY ENTER CLEAR Number buttons H ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-9 36 1 Press DISPLAY twice (when playing a CD, press once). The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (PROGRAM), then press ENTER. The options for “PROGRAM” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “SET t,” then press ENTER. 4 Press c. The cursor moves to the title or track row “T” (in this case, “01”). 5 Select the title, chapter, or track you want to programme. N When playing a DVD For example, select chapter “03” of title “02.” Press X/x or the number buttons to select “02” under “T,” then press ENTER. Next, press X/x or the number buttons to select “03” under “C,” then press ENTER. N When playing a VIDEO CD or CD For example, select track “02.” Press X/x or the number buttons to select “02” under “T,” then press ENTER. 6 To programme other titles, chapters, or tracks, repeat Steps 4 to 5. The programmed titles, chapters, and tracks are displayed in the selected order. 7 Press H to start Programme Play. Programme Play begins. When the programme ends, you can restart the same programme again by pressing H. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” in Step 3. To play the same programme again, select “ON” in Step 3 and press ENTER. OFF OFF SET ON 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO PLAY PROGRAM 1. TITLE ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE – – 3. TITLE – – 4. TITLE – – 5. TITLE – – 6. TITLE – – 7. TITLE – – T – – 01 02 03 04 05 “TRACK” is displayed when you play a VIDEO CD or CD. Titles or tracks recorded on a disc PROGRAM 1. TITLE – – ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE – – 3. TITLE – – 4. TITLE – – 5. TITLE – – 6. TITLE – – 7. TITLE – – T C ALL 01 02 03 04 05 06 – – 02 03 04 05 01 Chapters recorded on a disc PROGRAM 1. TITLE – – ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE – – 3. TITLE – – 4. TITLE – – 5. TITLE – – 6. TITLE – – 7. TITLE – – C ALL 03 04 05 06 T – – 01 02 03 04 05 02 01 T – – 01 02 03 04 05 PROGRAM 1. TITLE 0 2 – 0 3 ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE – – 3. TITLE – – 4. TITLE – – 5. TITLE – – 6. TITLE – – 7. TITLE – – Selected title and chapter PROGRAM 1. TRACK 0 2 ALL CLEAR 2. TRACK – – 3. TRACK – – 4. TRACK – – 5. TRACK – – 6. TRACK – – 7. TRACK – – 0:15:30 – – 01 02 03 04 05 T Selected track Total time of the programmed tracks 37 Playing Discs To turn off the display Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the display is turned off. To change or cancel a programme 1 Follow Steps 1 and 3 of “Creating your own programme (Programme Play).” 2 Select the programme number of the title, chapter, or track you want to change or cancel using X/x or the number buttons, and press c. 3 Follow Step 5 for new programming. To cancel a programme, select “--” under “T,” then press ENTER. To cancel all the titles, chapters, or tracks in the programmed order 1 Follow Steps 1 through 3 of “Creating your own programme (Programme Play).” 2 Press X and select “ALL CLEAR.” 3 Press ENTER. z Hint You can do Repeat Play or Shuffle Play of the programmed titles, chapters, or tracks. During Programme Play, follow the Steps of “Repeat Play” (page 38) or “Shuffle Play” (page 37). Note When playing Super VCDs, the total time of the programmed tracks does not appear on the screen. Playing in random order (Shuffle Play) You can have the player “shuffle” titles, chapters, or tracks. Subsequent “shuffling” may produce a different playing order. 1 Press DISPLAY twice during playback (when playing a CD, press once). The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (SHUFFLE), then press ENTER. The options for “SHUFFLE” appear. 3 Press X/x to select the item to be shuffled. N When playing a DVD • TITLE • CHAPTER N When playing a VIDEO CD or CD • TRACK N When Programme Play is activated • ON: shuffles titles, chapters, or tracks selected in Programme Play. DISPLAY ENTER CLEAR H X/x 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 OFF CHAPTER TITLE OFF DVD VIDEO PLAY ,continued 38 4 Press ENTER. Shuffle Play starts. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” in Step 3. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. z Hints • You can set Shuffle Play while the player is stopped. After selecting the “SHUFFLE” option, press H. Shuffle Play starts. • Up to 200 chapters in a disc can be played in random order when “CHAPTER” is selected. Playing repeatedly (Repeat Play) You can play all of the titles or tracks on a disc or a single title, chapter, or track repeatedly. You can use a combination of Shuffle or Programme Play modes. 1 Press REPEAT during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press REPEAT repeatedly to select the item to be repeated. N When playing a DVD • DISC: repeats all of the titles. • TITLE: repeats the current title on a disc. • CHAPTER: repeats the current chapter. N When playing a VIDEO CD or CD • DISC: repeats all of the tracks. • TRACK: repeats the current track. N When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio) • DISC: repeats all of the albums. • ALBUM: repeats the current album. • TRACK: repeats the current track. N When Programme Play or Shuffle Play is activated • ON: repeats Programme Play or Shuffle Play. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” in Step 2. z Hints • You can set Repeat Play while the player is stopped. After selecting the “REPEAT” option, press H. Repeat Play starts. • You can also select “REPEAT” from the Control Menu (page 12). REPEAT CLEAR H DISC 39 Playing Discs Repeating a specific portion (A- B Repeat Play) You can play a specific portion of a title, chapter or track repeatedly. (This function is useful when you want to memorize lyrics, etc.) 1 Press DISPLAY twice during playback (when playing a CD, press once). The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (A-B REPEAT), then press ENTER. The options for “A-B REPEAT” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “SET t,” then press ENTER. The “A-B REPEAT” setting display appears. 4 During playback, when you find the starting point (point A) of the portion to be played repeatedly, press ENTER. The starting point (point A) is set. 5 When you reach the ending point (point B), press ENTER again. The set points are displayed and the player starts repeating this specific portion. “A-B” appears on the front panel display during A-B Repeat Play. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” in Step 3. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. Notes • You can set A-B Repeat Play for only one specific section. • When you set A-B Repeat Play, the settings for Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, and Programme Play are cancelled. DISPLAY ENTER X/x CLEAR SET OFF OFF 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO PLAY Set point A with . A-B REPEAT ENTER A: 18 – 1 : 32 : 55 CHAPTER TIME Set point B with . ENTER A-B REPEAT 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) DVD VIDEO PLAY A: 18 – 1 : 32 : 55 B: 18 – 1 : 34 : 30 CHAPTER TIME ON T 1 : 3 4 : 3 0 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-10 40 Searching for a Scene Searching for a Title/ Chapter/Track/Index/ Scene (Search mode) You can search a DVD by title or chapter, and you can search a VIDEO CD/CD by track, index, or scene. As titles and tracks are assigned unique numbers on the disc, you can select the desired one by entering its number. Or, you can search for a scene using the time code. 1 Press SEARCH MODE. The following display appears. “-- (**)” appears next to the icon (** refers to a number). The number in parentheses indicates the total number of titles, tracks, indexes, scenes, etc. of the disc. 2 Press SEARCH MODE repeatedly to select the search method. N When playing a DVD TITLE CHAPTER TIME/TEXT Select “TIME/TEXT” to search for a starting point by inputting the time code. N When playing a VIDEO CD TRACK INDEX N When playing a VIDEO CD with PBC Playback SCENE INDEX N When playing a CD TRACK INDEX N When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio) ALBUM TRACK 3 Select the number of the title, track, scene, time code, etc. you want by pressing the number buttons to select the digit. For example, to find the scene at 2 hours, 10 minutes, and 20 seconds after the beginning, select “TIME/TEXT” in Step 2 and enter “2:10:20.” If you make a mistake Cancel the number by pressing CLEAR, then select another number. 4 Press ENTER. The player starts playback from the selected number. To turn off the display Press SEARCH MODE repeatedly until the display is turned off. Number buttons ENTER SEARCH MODE CLEAR – –(10) 41 Searching for a Scene z Hints • You can display the first scene of titles, chapters or tracks recorded on the disc on a screen divided into 9 sections. You can start playback directly by selecting one of the scenes. For details, see page 41. • You can also select “TITLE,” “CHAPTER,” “TRACK,” “INDEX,” “SCENE,” “TIME/ TEXT,” or “ALBUM” from the Control Menu (page 12). Searching by Scene (PICTURE NAVIGATION) You can divide the screen into 9 subscreens and find the desired scene quickly. 1 Press PICTURE NAVI during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press PICTURE NAVI repeatedly to select the item. Refer to the explanations given for each item in the following sections. • TITLE VIEWER (for DVD only) • CHAPTER VIEWER (for DVD only) • TRACK VIEWER (for VIDEO CD only) • STROBE PLAYBACK • ANGLE VIEWER (for DVD only) 3 Press ENTER. ENTER O RETURN PICTURE NAVI C/X/x/c X TITLE VIEWER ENTER ,continued 42 To return to normal play Press O RETURN. z Hint You can also select “PICTURE NAVIGATION” from the Control Menu (page 12). Notes • The “PICTURE NAVIGATION” is not available when playing Super VCDs. • Depending on the disc, you may not be able to select all functions. • The sound is muted when using this function. Scanning the title, chapter, or track (TITLE VIEWER, CHAPTER VIEWER, TRACK VIEWER) You can divide the screen into 9 subscreens and display the first scene of titles, chapters, or tracks. You can also play back from the selected title, chapter, or track. After performing Step 3 of “Searching by Scene” above, select the scene using C/X/x/c and press ENTER. z Hint If there are more than 9 titles, chapters, or tracks, V is displayed at the bottom right. To display the additional titles, chapters, or tracks, select the bottom right scene (the position 9) and press x. To return to the previous scene, select the top left scene (the position 1) and press X. Dividing a scene into 9 sections (STROBE PLAYBACK) You can display 9 consecutive moving pictures on the screen. When you press X after performing Step 3 of “Searching by Scene” above, the moving pictures pause. Displaying different angles simultaneously (ANGLE VIEWER) If various angles (multi-angles) for a scene are recorded on the DVD, you can display all of the angles recorded on the disc on the screen divided into 9 sections. You can also play back from the selected angle. After performing Step 3 of “Searching by Scene” above, select the angle using C/X/ x/c and press ENTER. 1 4 7 2 5 8 3 6 9 43 Enjoying Karaoke Enjoying Karaoke Using Karaoke You can enjoy karaoke (singing along with a disc) by connecting a microphone (not supplied) to the player. Adjusting the microphone 1 Set the MIC LEVEL control of the MIC connector to MIN. 2 Plug a microphone (not supplied) into the MIC connector. 3 Set the ON/OFF switch on the microphone to ON and turn the MIC LEVEL control to adjust the microphone volume. 4 Turn the ECHO LEVEL control to adjust the echo. z Hint If howling occurs: – move the microphone away from the speakers. – lower the MIC LEVEL or ECHO LEVEL. – lower the overall volume. Note The sound input from the microphone is not output from the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL and COAXIAL) connectors. Dolby Digital Karaoke format Dolby Digital format, which reproduces surround sound using 5 channels, contains the “Dolby Digital Karaoke” format specialized for karaoke. In the Dolby Digital Karaoke format discs, guide melody and guide vocal tracks are recorded in addition to the accompaniment. Speaker output in normal Dolby Digital format (5 channel surround) Speaker output in Dolby Digital Karaoke format You can check the audio information using “AUDIO” in the Control Menu display (page 12). When playing a Dolby Digital Karaoke disc, “9 KARAOKE” appears at the current audio format (page 50). MIC connector MIC LEVEL control ECHO LEVEL control Microphone (not supplied) Front (L) Center Front (R) Rear (L) Rear (R) Accompaniment (L) Accompaniment (R) Guide melody Guide vocal 1 Guide vocal 2 You can select any of these. These are output from the front speakers (L, R). ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-11 44 Example: Selecting the Vocals (Vocal Select) You can change the guide vocal channel and select different kinds of vocals. 1 Press VOCAL SELECT during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press VOCAL SELECT repeatedly to select the desired vocal channel. The output channel changes as follows. The default setting is underlined. N When playing a DVD KARAOKE DOLBY DIGITAL 3 / 2 2/0: Recorded only with accompaniment. 3/0: Recorded with guide melody. 3/1: Recorded with guide melody and guide vocal. 3/2: Recorded with guide melody and two kinds of guide vocals. VOCAL SELECT 1+2 OFF m 1+2 (Guide vocal 1+2) m 1 (Guide vocal 1) m 2 (Guide vocal 2) , 45 Enjoying Karaoke N When playing a VIDEO CD or CD N When playing a Super VCD z Hints • The channel returns to the default setting when: – you turn off the power. – you remove the disc. • When playing a DVD recorded only with one kind of guide vocal, select “OFF” or “1.” Notes • When playing a DVD, the function works only with the Dolby Digital Karaoke format. • If you select a channel other than “OFF” when playing a DVD, the guide melody is also output. • Depending on the discs, you may not be able to do the operations above. STEREO (The standard stereo sound) m 1/L (The sound of the left channel (monaural)) m 2/R (The sound of the right channel (monaural)) , 1:STEREO (The stereo sound of the audio track 1) m 1:1/L (The sound of the left channel of the audio track 1 (monaural)) m 1:2/R (The sound of the right channel of the audio track 1 (monaural)) m 2:STEREO (The stereo sound of the audio track 2) m 2:1/L (The sound of the left channel of the audio track 2 (monaural)) m 2:2/R (The sound of the right channel of the audio track 2 (monaural)) , 46 Viewing Information About the Disc Checking the Playing Time and Remaining Time You can check the playing time and remaining time of the current title, chapter, or track. Also, you can check the DVD/CD text or track name (MP3 audio) recorded on the disc. 1 Press TIME/TEXT during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press TIME/TEXT repeatedly to change the time information. The display and the kinds of time that you can change depend on the disc you are playing. N When playing a DVD • T **:**:** Playing time of the current title • T–**:**:** Remaining time of the current title • C **:**:** Playing time of the current chapter • C–**:**:** Remaining time of the current chapter N When playing a VIDEO CD (with PBC functions) • **:** Playing time of the current scene N When playing a VIDEO CD (without PBC functions) or CD • T **:** Playing time of the current track • T–**:** Remaining time of the current track • D **:** Playing time of the current disc • D–**:** Remaining time of the current disc N When playing a Super VCD The remaining time cannot be displayed. • T **:** Playing time of the current track N When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio) • ****:** Playing time of the current track To check the DVD/CD text or track and album names (MP3 audio) Press TIME/TEXT repeatedly in Step 2 to display text recorded on the DVD/CD/DATA CD. The DVD/CD text appears only when text is recorded in the disc. You cannot change the text. If the disc does not contain text, “NO TEXT” appears. For DATA CDs, the track and album names of the MP3 audio track appears (page 49). TIME/TEXT PLAY T 1:01:57 Time information BRAHMS SYMPHONY 47 Viewing Information About the Disc Checking the information on the front panel display You can view the time information and text displayed on the TV screen also on the front panel display. The information on the front panel display changes as follows when you change the time information on your TV screen. When playing a DVD When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio) When playing a VIDEO CD (without PBC functions) or CD z Hints • When playing VIDEO CDs with PBC functions, the scene number and the playing time are displayed. • Long text that does not fit in a single line will scroll across the front panel display. • You can also check the time information and text using the Control Menu (page 12). Notes • Depending on the type of disc being played, the DVD/CD text or track name may not be displayed. • The player can only display the first level of the DVD/CD text, such as the disc name or title. • Playing time of MP3 audio tracks may not be displayed correctly. TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC Title playing time and the current title and chapter number Remaining time of the current title Playing time and number of the current chapter Remaining time of the current chapter Text TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC Track name Playing time and number of the current track and album TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC Track playing time and the current track and index number Remaining time of the current track Remaining time of the disc Text Playing time of the disc www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-12 48 Checking the Play Information You can check information such as the bit rate or the disc layer that is being played. Checking the play information of a DVD (ADVANCED) 1 Press DISPLAY during playback. The Control Menu is displayed. 2 Press X/x to select (ADVANCED), then press ENTER. The options for “ADVANCED” appear. 3 Press X/x to select items. For each item, please refer to “Displays of each item.” • BIT RATE: displays the bit rate. • LAYER: displays the layer and the pick-up point. 4 Press ENTER. To close the ADVANCED window Select “OFF” in Step 3. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. Displays of each item By pressing DISPLAY repeatedly, you can display either “BIT RATE” or “LAYER,” whichever was selected in “ADVANCED.” NBIT RATE When playing MPEG audio sound tracks Bit rate refers to the amount of video/audio data per second in a disc. While playing a disc, an approximate bit rate of the playback picture is displayed as Mbps (Mega bit per second) and the audio as kbps (kilo bit per second). The higher the bit rate, the larger the amount of data. However, this does not always mean that you can get higher quality pictures or sounds. NLAYER Indicates the approximate point where the disc is playing. If it is a dual-layer DVD, the player indicates which layer is being read (“Layer 0” or “Layer 1”). For details on the layers, see page 74 (DVD). ENTER X/x DISPLAY TIME/TEXT 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 BIT RATE DVD VIDEO BIT RATE 0 5 10 kbps Mbps 384 OFF BIT RATE LAYER PLAY BIT RATE 0 5 10 kbps Mbps 384 Audio Video BIT RATE 0 5 10 kbps Mbps 0 1000 Audio Video Appears when the DVD has dual layers 49 Viewing Information About the Disc Checking the play information of a DATA CD By pressing TIME/TEXT while playing MP3 audio track on a DATA CD, you can display the audio bit rate (the amount of data per second of the current audio). PLAY T 17:30 128k JAZZ RIVER SIDE Album name Track name Bit rate 50 Sound Adjustments Changing the Sound When playing a DVD recorded in multiple audio formats (PCM, Dolby Digital, MPEG audio, or DTS), you can change the audio format. If the DVD is recorded with multilingual tracks, you can also change the language. With CDs, DATA CDs, or VIDEO CDs, you can select the sound from the right or left channel and listen to the sound of the selected channel through both the right and left speakers. For example, when playing a disc containing a song with the vocals on the right channel and the instruments on the left channel, you can hear the instruments from both speakers by selecting the left channel. 1 Press AUDIO during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press AUDIO repeatedly to select the desired audio signal. N When playing a DVD Depending on the DVD, the choice of language varies. When 4 digits are displayed, they indicate a language code. Refer to “Language Code List” on page 76 to see which language the code represents. When the same language is displayed two or more times, the DVD is recorded in multiple audio formats. N When playing a VIDEO CD, CD, or DATA CD (MP3 audio) The default setting is underlined. • STEREO: The standard stereo sound • 1/L: The sound of the left channel (monaural) • 2/R: The sound of the right channel (monaural) N When playing a Super VCD The default setting is underlined. • 1: STEREO: The stereo sound of the audio track 1 • 1: 1/L: The sound of the left channel of the audio track 1 (monaural) • 1: 2/R: The sound of the right channel of the audio track 1 (monaural) • 2: STEREO: The stereo sound of the audio track 2 • 2: 1/L: The sound of the left channel of the audio track 2 (monaural) • 2: 2/R: The sound of the right channel of the audio track 2 (monaural) z Hint You can also select “AUDIO” from the Control Menu (page 12). Note While playing a Super VCD on which the audio track is not recorded, no sound will come out when you select “2:STEREO,” “2:1/L,” or “2:2/R.” Displaying the audio information of the disc Press DISPLAY during playback to display the Control Menu. Select “AUDIO” using X/x. The channels being played are displayed on the screen. AUDIO X/x DISPLAY DISPLAY 1:ENGLISH 51 Sound Adjustments For example, in Dolby Digital format, multiple signals ranging from monaural to 5.1 channel signals can be recorded on a DVD. Depending on the DVD, the number of the recorded channels may differ. *“PCM,” “MPEG,” “DTS,” or “DOLBY DIGITAL” is displayed. In the case of “DOLBY DIGITAL,” the channels in the playing track are displayed by numbers as follows: For Dolby Digital 5.1 ch: **The letters in the programme format display mean the following sound component: L: Front (left) R: Front (right) C: Centre LS: Rear (left) RS: Rear (right) S: Rear (monaural): The rear component of the Dolby Surround processed signal and the Dolby Digital signal LFE: Low Frequency Effect signal z Hint For Dolby Digital 5.1 ch and DTS, “LFE” is always enclosed in a solid line regardless of the LFE signal component being output. Note If “DTS” is set to “OFF” in “AUDIO SETUP” (page 70), the DTS track selection option will not appear on the screen even if the disc contains DTS tracks. TV Virtual Surround Settings (TVS) When you connect a stereo TV or 2 front speakers, TVS (TV Virtual Surround) lets you enjoy surround sound effects by using sound imaging to create virtual rear speakers from the sound of the front speakers (L: left, R: right) without using actual rear speakers. TVS was developed by Sony to produce surround sound for home use using just a stereo TV. This function is designed to work with the LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks. Note that if you select one of the TVS settings, the player does not output the following signals from the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack. • Dolby Digital signals (when you set “DOLBY DIGITAL” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “D-PCM”) (page 70) • MPEG audio signals 1 Press SUR during playback. The following display appears. DVD VIDEO 1: ENGLISH 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 L R C DOLBY DIGITAL 3/2.1 PROGRAM FORMAT LFE LS RS PLAY Current audio format* Currently playing program format** DOLBY DIGITAL 3 / 2 . 1 LFE (Low Frequency Effect) component 1 Rear component 2 Front component 2+ Center component 1 SUR TVS DYNAMIC ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-13 52 2 Press SUR repeatedly to select one of the TVS sounds. Refer to the following explanations given for each item. • TVS DYNAMIC • TVS WIDE • TVS NIGHT • TVS STANDARD To cancel the setting Select “OFF” in Step 2. NTVS DYNAMIC Creates virtual rear speakers from the sound of the front speakers (L, R) without using actual rear speakers (shown below). This mode is effective when the distance between the front L and R speakers is short, such as with built-in speakers on a stereo TV. NTVS WIDE Creates virtual rear speakers from the sound of the front speakers (L, R) without using actual rear speakers. The virtual speakers are reproduced as shown in the illustration below. This mode is effective when the distance between the front L and R speakers is short, such as with built-in speakers on a stereo TV. NTVS NIGHT Large sounds, such as explosions, are suppressed, but the quieter sounds are unaffected. This feature is useful when you want to hear the dialog and enjoy the surround sound effects of “TVS WIDE” at low volume. NTVS STANDARD Creates virtual rear speakers from the sound of the front speakers (L, R) without using actual rear speakers. The virtual speakers are reproduced as shown in the illustration below. Use this setting when you want to use TVS with 2 separate speakers. z Hints • You can also select “TVS” by pressing SURROUND button on the player. • You can also select “TVS” from the Control Menu (page 12). Notes • When the playing signal does not contain a signal for the rear speakers, the surround effects cannot be heard. • When you select one of the TVS modes, turn off the surround setting of the connected TV or amplifier (receiver). • Make sure that your listening position is between and at an equal distance from your speakers, and that the speakers are located in similar surroundings. • “TVS NIGHT” only works with Dolby Digital discs. However, not all discs will respond to the “TVS NIGHT” function in the same way. • If you use the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack and set “DOLBY DIGITAL” to “DOLBY DIGITAL” or “DTS” to “ON” in “AUDIO SETUP,” sound will come from your speakers but it will not have the TVS effect. TV TV L: Front speaker (left) R: Front speaker (right) : Virtual speaker L R 53 Enjoying Movies Enjoying Movies Changing the Angles If various angles (multi-angles) for a scene are recorded on the DVD, “ANGLE” appears in the front panel display. This means that you can change the viewing angle. 1 Press ANGLE during playback. The number of the angle appears on the display. 2 Press ANGLE repeatedly to select the angle number. The scene changes to the selected angle. z Hints • You can display all the angles recorded on the disc on the same screen, and start playback directly from the chosen angle. The angles are displayed on a screen divided into 9 sections (page 41). • You can also select “ANGLE” from the Control Menu (page 12). Note Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to change the angles even if multi-angles are recorded on the DVD. Displaying the Subtitles If subtitles are recorded on the discs, you can change the subtitles or turn them on and off whenever you want while playing a DVD. 1 Press SUBTITLE during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press SUBTITLE repeatedly to select the language. Depending on the DVD, the choice of language varies. When 4 digits are displayed, they indicate a language code. Refer to “Language Code List” on page 76 to see which language the code represents. To turn off the subtitles Select “OFF” in Step 2. z Hint You can also select “SUBTITLE” from the Control Menu (page 12). Note Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to change the subtitles even if multilingual subtitles are recorded on it. You also may not be able to turn them off. ANGLE 2 SUBTITLE 1:ENGLISH 54 Adjusting the Picture Quality (BNR) The Block Noise Reduction (BNR) function adjusts the picture quality by reducing the “block noise” or mosaic like patterns that appear on your TV screen. 1 Press DISPLAY twice during playback. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (BNR), then press ENTER. The options for “BNR” appear. 3 Press X/x to select a level. • 1: reduces the “block noise.” • 2: reduces the “block noise” more than 1. • 3: reduces the “block noise” more than 2. 4 Press ENTER. The disc plays with the setting you selected. To cancel the “BNR” setting Select “OFF” in Step 3. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. Notes • If the outlines of the images on your screen should become blurred, set “BNR” to “OFF.” • Depending on the disc or the scene being played, the “BNR” effect may be hard to discern. ENTER DISPLAY X/x OFF 1 2 3 DVD VIDEO OFF 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 PLAY 55 Enjoying Movies Adjusting the Playback Picture (CUSTOM PICTURE MODE) You can adjust the video signal of the DVD or VIDEO CD from the player to obtain the picture quality you want. Choose the setting that best suits the programme you are watching. When you select “MEMORY,” you can make further adjustments to each element of the picture (colour, brightness, etc.). 1 Press PICTURE MODE during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press PICTURE MODE repeatedly to select the setting you want. The default setting is underlined. • STANDARD: displays a standard picture. • DYNAMIC 1: produces a bold dynamic picture by increasing the picture contrast and the colour intensity. • DYNAMIC 2: produces a more dynamic picture than DYNAMIC 1 by further increasing the picture contrast and the colour intensity. • CINEMA 1: enhances details in dark areas by increasing the black level. • CINEMA 2: White colours become brighter and black colours become richer, and the colour contrast is increased. • MEMORY: adjusts the picture in greater detail. z Hints • When you watch a movie, “CINEMA 1” or “CINEMA 2” is recommended. • The picture can be adjusted by pressing PICTURE MODE button on the player as well. • You can also select “CUSTOM PICTURE MODE” from the Control Menu (page 12). Adjusting the picture items in “MEMORY” You can adjust each element of the picture individually. • PICTURE: changes the contrast • BRIGHTNESS: changes the overall brightness • COLOR: makes the colours deeper or lighter • HUE: changes the colour balance 1 Press PICTURE MODE repeatedly to select “MEMORY” and press ENTER. The “PICTURE” adjustment bar appears. 2 Press C/c to adjust the picture contrast, then press ENTER. The adjustment is saved, and “BRIGHTNESS” adjustment bar appears. 3 Repeat Step 2 to adjust “BRIGHTNESS,” “COLOR,” and “HUE.” ENTER PICTURE MODE O RETURN C/X/x/c DYNAMIC 1 ( ) C 0 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 PICTURE 0 Cancel : Select : ENTER RETURN ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-14 56 The Custom Picture Mode display appears. You can check each adjustment. To turn off the display Press O RETURN , or select “RETURN” in Step 3 and press ENTER. z Hints • To reset the picture items to the default values, press c after Step 3 to select “RESET” and press ENTER. • When “PLAYBACK MEMORY” in “CUSTOM SETUP” is set to “ON,” the player will save a single setting for up to 40 individual discs. • If you do not want to save the adjustment in Step 2, you can go to the next picture item by pressing X/x without saving. Enhancing the Playback Picture (DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER) The Digital Video Enhancer (DVE) function makes the picture appear clear and crisp by enhancing the outlines of images on your TV screen. Also, this function can soften the images on the screen. 1 Press DISPLAY twice during playback. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER), then press ENTER. The options for “DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER” appear. C 0 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 PICTURE BRIGHTNESS COLOR HUE RESET +1 –3 +3 –1 RETURN ENTER DISPLAY X/x 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO OFF 3 2 1 OFF SOFT PLAY 57 Enjoying Movies 3 Press X/x to select a level. • 1: enhances the outline. • 2: enhances the outline more than 1. • 3: enhances the outline more than 2. • SOFT: softens the image (DVD only). 4 Press ENTER. The disc plays with the setting you selected. To cancel the “DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER” setting Select “OFF” in Step 3. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. Note Depending on the disc or the scene being played, noise found in the disc may become more apparent. If this happens, it is recommended that you use the BNR function (page 54) with the DVE function. If the condition still does not improve, reduce the Digital Video Enhancer level, or select “SOFT” (DVD only) in Step 3 above. 58 Using Various Additional Functions Locking Discs (CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL, PARENTAL CONTROL) You can set two kinds of playback restrictions for the desired disc. • Custom Parental Control You can set playback restrictions so that the player will not play inappropriate discs. • Parental Control Playback of some DVDs can be limited according to a predetermined level such as the age of the users. Scenes may be blocked or replaced with different scenes. The same password is used for both Parental Control and Custom Parental Control. Custom Parental Control You can set the same Custom Parental Control password for up to 40 discs. When you set the 41st-disc, the first disc is cancelled. 1 Insert the disc you want to lock. If the disc is playing, press x to stop playback. 2 Press DISPLAY while the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 3 Press X/x to select (PARENTAL CONTROL), then press ENTER. The options for “PARENTAL CONTROL” appear. 4 Press X/x to select “ON t,” then press ENTER. N If you have not entered a password The display for registering a new password appears. Enter a 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display for confirming the password appears. N When you have already registered a password The display for entering the password appears. 5 Enter or re-enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. “Custom parental control is set.” appears and then the screen returns to the Control Menu. X/x Number buttons ENTER DISPLAY x OFF PASSWORD PLAYER ON DVD VIDEO 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 STOP PARENTAL CONTROL Enter a new 4-digit password, then press . ENTER PARENTAL CONTROL Enter password, then press . ENTER 59 Using Various Additional Functions To turn off the Custom Parental Control function 1 Follow Steps 1 through 3 of “Custom Parental Control.” 2 Press X/x to select “OFF t,” then press ENTER. 3 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. To play a disc for which Custom Parental Control is set 1 Insert the disc for which Custom Parental Control is set. The “CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL” display appears. 2 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The player is ready for playback. z Hint If you forget your password, enter the 6-digit number “199703” using the number buttons when the “CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL” display asks you for your password, then press ENTER. The display will ask you to enter a new 4-digit password. Parental Control (limited playback) Playback of some DVDs can be limited according to a predetermined level such as the age of the users. The “PARENTAL CONTROL” function allows you to set a playback limitation level. 1 Press DISPLAY while the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (PARENTAL CONTROL), then press ENTER. The options for “PARENTAL CONTROL” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “PLAYER t,” then press ENTER. N If you have not entered a password The display for registering a new password appears. Enter a 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display for confirming the password appears. CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL Custom parental control is already set. To play, enter your password and press . ENTER Number buttons X/x ENTER DISPLAY H OFF PASSWORD PLAYER ON DVD VIDEO STOP 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 PARENTAL CONTROL Enter a new 4-digit password, then press . ENTER ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-15 60 N When you have already registered a password The display for entering the password appears. 4 Enter or re-enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display for setting the playback limitation level appears. 5 Press X/x to select “STANDARD,” then press ENTER. The selection items for “STANDARD” are displayed. 6 Press X/x to select a geographic area as the playback limitation level, then press ENTER. The area is selected. When you select “OTHERS t,” select and enter a standard code in the table on page 61 using the number buttons. 7 Press X/x to select “LEVEL,” then press ENTER. The selection items for “LEVEL” are displayed. 8 Select the level you want using X/x, then press ENTER. Parental Control setting is complete. The lower the value, the stricter the limitation. To turn off the Parental Control function Set “LEVEL” to “OFF” in Step 8. To play a disc for which Parental Control is set 1 Insert the disc and press H. The display for entering your password appears. 2 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The player starts playback. z Hint If you forget your password, remove the disc and repeat Steps 1 to 3 of “Parental Control (limited playback).” When you are asked to enter your password, enter “199703” using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display will ask you to enter a new 4-digit password. After you enter a new 4-digit password, replace the disc in the player and press H. When the display for entering your password appears, enter your new password. PARENTAL CONTROL Enter password, then press . ENTER PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: OFF USA STANDARD: PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: OFF USA STANDARD: USA OTHERS PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: OFF OFF STANDARD: 8: 7: 6: 5: NC17 R PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: STANDARD: USA 4: PG13 61 Using Various Additional Functions Notes • When you play discs which do not have the Parental Control function, playback cannot be limited on this player. • Depending on the disc, you may be asked to change the parental control level while playing the disc. In this case, enter your password, then change the level. If the Resume Play mode is cancelled, the level returns to the previous level. Area Code Changing the password 1 Press DISPLAY while the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (PARENTAL CONTROL), then press ENTER. The options for “PARENTAL CONTROL” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “PASSWORD t,” then press ENTER. The display for entering the password appears. 4 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. 5 Enter a new 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. 6 To confirm your password, re-enter it using the number buttons, then press ENTER. If you make a mistake entering your password Press C before you press ENTER and input the correct number. If you make a mistake Press O RETURN. To turn off the display Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the display is turned off. Standard Code number Argentina 2044 Australia 2047 Austria 2046 Belgium 2057 Brazil 2070 Canada 2079 Chile 2090 China 2092 Denmark 2115 Finland 2165 France 2174 Germany 2109 India 2248 Indonesia 2238 Italy 2254 Japan 2276 Korea 2304 Malaysia 2363 Mexico 2362 Netherlands 2376 New Zealand 2390 Norway 2379 Pakistan 2427 Philippines 2424 Portugal 2436 Russia 2489 Singapore 2501 Spain 2149 Sweden 2499 Switzerland 2086 Thailand 2528 United Kingdom 2184 Standard Code number 62 Controlling Your TV or AV Amplifier (Receiver) with the Supplied Remote By adjusting the remote signal, you can control your TV with the supplied remote. If you connect the player with an AV amplifier (receiver), you can control the volume with the supplied remote. Notes • Depending on the unit being connected, you may not be able to control your TV or AV amplifier (receiver) using some of the buttons below. • If you enter a new code number, the code number previously entered will be erased. • When you replace the batteries of the remote, the code number you have set may be reset to the default setting. Set the appropriate code number again. Controlling TVs with the remote 1 Hold down TV [/1, and enter your TV’s manufacturer’s code (see “Code numbers of controllable TVs” below) using the number buttons. 2 Release TV [/1. The remote is set to perform the followings: * Once you set a code number for your AV amplifier (receiver), the VOL +/– buttons on the remote control the AV amplifier’s volume only. If you would rather control the TV’s volume, set the code number to “90” (default) to control the TV’s volume again. Code numbers of controllable TVs If more than one code number is listed, try entering them one at a time until you find the one that works with your TV. TV [/1 Turns the TV on or off VOL +/–* Adjusts the volume of the TV TV/VIDEO Switches the TV’s input source between the TV and other input sources TV [/1 VOL +/– TV/VIDEO Number buttons Manufacturer Code number Sony 01(default), 03, 04 Aiwa 32 Akai 68 Blaupunkt 10, 21 Grundig 10, 11 Hitachi 24 JVC 33 LG 06 Loewe 45 Mitsubishi 27, 28, 50 Mivar 09 NEC 66 Nokia 15, 16, 69 Orion 47, 48 Panasonic 17, 49 Philips 06, 07, 08 Pioneer 26 Saba 12, 13 Samsung 22, 23 Sanyo 25 Sharp 29 Siemens 39 TEAC 67 Telefunken 36 Thomson 43 Toshiba 38 63 Using Various Additional Functions Controlling the volume of your AV amplifier (receiver) with the remote 1 Hold down [/1, and enter your AV amplifier (receiver)’s manufacturer’s code (see the table below) using the number buttons. 2 Release [/1. You can control the volume of the AV amplifier (receiver) using VOL +/–. Code numbers of controllable AV amplifiers (receivers) If more than one code number is listed, try entering them one at a time until you find the one that works with your AV amplifier (receiver). If you would rather control the volume of your TV Repeat Steps 1 and 2 above and enter the code number 90 (default). Manufacturer Code number Sony 80, 88, 89, 91 Denon 84, 85, 86 Kenwood 92, 93 Onkyo 81, 82, 83 Pioneer 99 Sansui 87 Technics 97, 98 Yamaha 94, 95, 96 Number buttons [/1 VOL +/– www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-16 64 Settings and Adjustments Using the Setup Display By using the Setup Display, you can make various adjustments to items such as picture and sound. You can also set a language for the subtitles and the Setup Display, among other things. For details on each Setup Display item, see pages from 65 to 70. Note Playback settings stored in the disc take priority over the Setup Display settings and not all the functions described may work. 1 Press DISPLAY when the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (SETUP), then press ENTER. The options for “SETUP” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “CUSTOM,” then press ENTER. The Setup Display appears. 4 Press X/x to select the setup item from the displayed list: “LANGUAGE SETUP,” “SCREEN SETUP,” “CUSTOM SETUP,” or “AUDIO SETUP.” Then press ENTER. The Setup item is selected. Example: “SCREEN SETUP” 5 Select an item using X/x, then press ENTER. The options for the selected item appear. Example: “TV TYPE” X/x ENTER DISPLAY ( 47 ) : : QUICK CUSTOM RESET DVD VIDEO STOP QUICK LANGUAGE SETUP OSD: MENU: AUDIO: SUBTITLE: ENGLISH ENGLISH ORIGINAL ENGLISH SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: COLOR SYSTEM: SCREEN SAVER: 16:9 AUTO ON BACKGROUND: JACKET PICTURE Selected item Setup items SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: COLOR SYSTEM: SCREEN SAVER: 16:9 4:3 LETTER BOX BACKGROUND: 4:3 PAN SCAN 16:9 Options 65 Settings and Adjustments 6 Select a setting using X/x, then press ENTER. The setting is selected and setup is complete. Example: “4:3 PAN SCAN” To turn off the display Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the display is turned off. To enter the Quick Setup mode Select “QUICK” in Step 3. Follow from Step 5 of the Quick Setup explanation to make basic adjustments (page 25). To reset all of the “SETUP” settings 1 Select “RESET” in Step 3 and press ENTER. 2 Select “YES” using X/x. You can also quit the process and return to the Control Menu by selecting “NO” here. 3 Press ENTER. All the settings explained on pages 65 to 70 return to the default settings. Do not press [/1 while resetting the player as it takes a few seconds to complete. Setting the Display or Sound Track Language (LANGUAGE SETUP) “LANGUAGE SETUP” allows you to set various languages for the on-screen display or sound track. Select “LANGUAGE SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 64). N OSD (On-Screen Display) Switches the display language on the screen. N MENU (DVD only) You can select the desired language for the disc’s menu. N AUDIO (DVD only) Switches the language of the sound track. When you select “ORIGINAL,” the language given priority in the disc is selected. N SUBTITLE (DVD only) Switches the language of the subtitle recorded on the DVD. When you select “AUDIO FOLLOW,” the language for the subtitles changes according to the language you selected for the sound track. z Hint If you select “OTHERS t” in “MENU,” “SUBTITLE,” and “AUDIO,” select and enter a language code from “Language Code List” on page 76 using the number buttons. Note When you select a language in “MENU,” “SUBTITLE,” or “AUDIO” that is not recorded on the DVD, one of the recorded languages will be automatically selected. SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: COLOR SYSTEM: SCREEN SAVER: 4:3 PAN SCAN AUTO ON BACKGROUND: JACKET PICTURE Selected setting LANGUAGE SETUP OSD: MENU: AUDIO: SUBTITLE: ENGLISH ENGLISH ORIGINAL ENGLISH 66 Settings for the Display (SCREEN SETUP) Choose settings according to the TV to be connected. Select “SCREEN SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 64). The default settings are underlined. N TV TYPE Selects the aspect ratio of the connected TV (4:3 standard or wide). Note Depending on the DVD, “4:3 LETTER BOX” may be selected automatically instead of “4:3 PAN SCAN” or vice versa. NCOLOR SYSTEM (VIDEO CD only) Select the colour system when you play a VIDEO CD. Notes • You cannot change the colour system for DVDs. • You can change the colour system of this player according to the connected TV. See page 16. NSCREEN SAVER The screen saver image appears when you leave the player in pause or stop mode for 15 minutes, or when you play back a CD or DATA CD (MP3 audio) for more than 15 minutes. The screen saver will help prevent your display device from becoming damaged (ghosting). Press H to turn off the screen saver. NBACKGROUND Selects the background colour or picture on the TV screen in stop mode or while playing a CD or DATA CD (MP3 audio). 16:9 Select this when you connect a wide-screen TV or a TV with a wide mode function. 4:3 LETTER BOX Select this when you connect a 4:3 screen TV. Displays a wide picture with bands on the upper and lower portions of the screen. 4:3 PAN SCAN Select this when you connect a 4:3 screen TV. Automatically displays the wide picture on the entire screen and cuts off the portions that do not fit. SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: COLOR SYSTEM: SCREEN SAVER: 16:9 AUTO ON BACKGROUND: JACKET PICTURE 4:3 PAN SCAN 4:3 LETTER BOX 16:9 AUTO Outputs the video signal in the system of the VIDEO CD, either PAL or NTSC. If your TV is the DUAL system, select AUTO. PAL Changes the video signal of an NTSC VIDEO CD and outputs it in the PAL system. NTSC Changes the video signal of a PAL VIDEO CD and outputs it in the NTSC system. ON Turns on the screen saver. OFF Turns off the screen saver. JACKET PICTURE The jacket picture (still picture) appears, but only when the jacket picture is already recorded on the disc (CD- EXTRA, etc.). If the disc does not contain a jacket picture, the “GRAPHICS” picture appears. GRAPHICS A preset picture stored in the player appears. 67 Settings and Adjustments Custom Settings (CUSTOM SETUP) Use this to set up playback related and other settings. Select “CUSTOM SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 64). The default settings are underlined. N AUTO PLAY Switches the Auto Play setting on or off. This function is useful when the player is connected to a timer (not supplied). N DIMMER Adjusts the lighting of the front panel display. N PAUSE MODE (DVD only) Selects the picture in pause mode. BLUE The background colour is blue. BLACK The background colour is black. OFF Switches this function off. ON Automatically starts playback when the player is turned on. BRIGHT Makes the lighting bright. DARK Makes the lighting dark. OFF Turns off the lighting. AUTO The picture, including subjects that move dynamically, is output with no jitter. Normally select this position. FRAME The picture, including subjects that do not move dynamically, is output in high resolution. CUSTOM SETUP AUTO PLAY: DIMMER: PAUSE MODE: OFF BRIGHT AUTO ON PLAYBACK MEMORY: OFF TRACK SELECTION: ON MULTI-DISC RESUME: ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-17 68 N PLAYBACK MEMORY (DVD/VIDEO CD only) The player can store the “SUBTITLE” and other settings of each disc for up to 40 discs (Playback Memory). Set this function “ON” or “OFF.” The following settings are stored in memory. – ANGLE (page 53)* – AUDIO (page 50)* – BNR (page 54) – DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER (page 56) – SUBTITLE (page 53)* – CUSTOM PICTURE MODE (page 55) * DVD only Note The player can store the settings of up to 40 discs. When you store the setting of disc number 41, the first disc setting is cancelled. N TRACK SELECTION (DVD only) Gives the sound track which contains the highest number of channels priority when you play a DVD on which multiple audio formats (PCM, MPEG audio, DTS, or Dolby Digital format) are recorded. Notes • When you set the item to “AUTO,” the language may change. The “TRACK SELECTION” setting has higher priority than the “AUDIO” settings in “LANGUAGE SETUP” (page 65). • If you set “DTS” to “OFF” (page 70), the DTS sound track is not played even if you set “TRACK SELECTION” to “AUTO.” • If PCM, DTS, MPEG audio, and Dolby Digital sound tracks have the same number of channels, the player selects PCM, DTS, Dolby Digital, and MPEG audio sound tracks in this order. NMULTI-DISC RESUME (DVD/VIDEO CD only) Switches the Multi-disc Resume setting on or off. Resume playback point can be stored in memory for up to 40 different DVD/VIDEO CD discs (page 31). ON Stores the settings in memory when you eject the disc. OFF Does not store the settings in memory. OFF No priority given. AUTO Priority given. ON Stores the resume settings in memory for up to 40 discs (The settings remain in memory even if you select OFF.) OFF Does not store the resume settings in memory. Playback restarts at the resume point only for the current disc in the player. 69 Settings and Adjustments Settings for the Sound (AUDIO SETUP) “AUDIO SETUP” allows you to set the sound according to the playback and connection conditions. Select “AUDIO SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 64). The default settings are underlined. N AUDIO ATT (attenuation) If the playback sound is distorted, set this item to “ON.” The player reduces the audio output level. This function affects the output of the LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks. N AUDIO DRC (Dynamic Range Control) (DVD only) Makes the sound clear when the volume is turned down when playing a DVD that conforms to “AUDIO DRC.” This affects the output from the following jacks: – LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks – DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack only when “DOLBY DIGITAL” is set to “D-PCM” (page 70). N DOWNMIX (DVD only) Switches the method for mixing down to 2 channels when you play a DVD which has rear sound elements (channels) or is recorded in Dolby Digital format. For details on the rear signal components, see “Displaying the audio information of the disc” (page 50). This function affects the output of the following jacks: – LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks – DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack when “DOLBY DIGITAL” is set to “D-PCM” (page 70). N DIGITAL OUT Selects if audio signals are output via the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack. Setting the digital output signal Switches the method of outputting audio signals when you connect a component such as an amplifier (receiver) or MD deck with a digital input jack. For connection details, see page 20. Select “DOLBY DIGITAL,” “MPEG,” and “DTS” after setting “DIGITAL OUT” to “ON.” OFF Normally, select this position. ON Select this when the playback sound from the speakers is distorted. STANDARD Normally select this position. TV MODE Makes the low sounds clear even if you turn the volume down. WIDE RANGE Gives you the feeling of being at a live performance. AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DIGITAL OUT: OFF STANDARD ON DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND DOLBY DIGITAL: MPEG: D-PCM PCM DTS: OFF DOLBY SUR- ROUND Select this when the player is connected to an audio component that conforms to Dolby Surround (Pro Logic). NORMAL Select this when the player is connected to an audio component that does not conform to Dolby Surround (Pro Logic). ON Normally select this position. When you select “ON,” see “Setting the digital output signal” for further settings. OFF The influence of the digital circuit upon the analog circuit is minimal. AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DOLBY DIGITAL: MPEG: OFF STANDARD DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND D-PCM PCM DTS: OFF DIGITAL OUT: ON ,continued 70 If you connect a component that does not conform to the selected audio signal, a loud noise (or no sound) will come out from the speakers, affecting your ears or causing the speakers to be damaged. N DOLBY DIGITAL (DVD only) Selects the type of Dolby Digital signal. N MPEG (DVD only) Selects the type of MPEG audio signal. N DTS (DVD only) Selects whether or not to output DTS signals. Note If you select one of the TVS settings while playing a DVD, the player does not output the following signals from the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack. – Dolby Digital signals (when you set “DOLBY DIGITAL” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “D-PCM”) (page 70). – MPEG audio signals. D-PCM Select this when the player is connected to an audio component lacking a built-in Dolby Digital decoder. You can select whether the signals conform to Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) or not by making adjustments to the “DOWNMIX” item in “AUDIO SETUP” (page 69). DOLBY DIGITAL Select this when the player is connected to an audio component with a built-in Dolby Digital decoder. PCM Select this when the player is connected to an audio component lacking a built-in MPEG decoder. If you play MPEG audio sound tracks, the player outputs stereo signals via the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack. MPEG Select this when the player is connected to an audio component with a built-in MPEG decoder. OFF Select this when the player is connected to an audio component lacking a built-in DTS decoder. ON Select this when the player is connected to an audio component with a built-in DTS decoder. 71 Additional Information Additional Information Troubleshooting If you experience any of the following difficulties while using the player, use this troubleshooting guide to help remedy the problem before requesting repairs. Should any problem persist, consult your nearest Sony dealer. Power The power is not turned on. , Check that the power cord (mains lead) is connected securely. Picture There is no picture/picture noise appears. , Re-connect the connecting cord securely. , The connecting cords are damaged. , Check the connection to your TV (page 18) and switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. , The disc is dirty or flawed. , If the picture output from your player goes through your VCR to get to your TV or if you are connected to a combination TV/ VIDEO player, the copy-protection signal applied to some DVD programmes could affect picture quality. If you still experience problems even when you connect your player directly to your TV, please try connecting your player to your TV’s S VIDEO input (page 18). , If the colour system of your player does not match with that of your TV, change the colour system of the player. For details, see page 16. (You cannot change the colour system of the DVD disc itself.) Even though you set the aspect ratio in “TV TYPE” of “SCREEN SETUP,” the picture does not fill the screen. , The aspect ratio of the disc is fixed on your DVD. Sound There is no sound. , Re-connect the connecting cord securely. , The connecting cord is damaged. , The player is connected to the wrong input jack on the amplifier (receiver) (page 22, 23, 24). , The amplifier (receiver) input is not correctly set. , The player is in pause mode or in Slow- motion Play mode. , The player is in fast forward or fast reverse mode. , If the audio signal does not come through the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack, check the audio settings (page 69). , While playing a Super VCD on which the audio track 2 is not recorded, no sound will come out when you select “2:STEREO,” “2:1/L,” or “2:2/R.” Sound is noisy. , When playing a CD with DTS sound tracks, noise will come from the LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks or DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack (page 28). Sound distortion occurs. , Set “AUDIO ATT” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “ON” (page 69). The sound volume is low. , The sound volume is low on some DVDs. The sound volume may improve if you set “AUDIO DRC” to “TV MODE” (page 69). , Set “AUDIO ATT” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “OFF” (page 69). ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-18E 72 Operation The remote does not function. , There are obstacles between the remote and the player. , The distance between the remote and the player is too far. , The remote is not pointed at the remote sensor on the player. , The batteries in the remote are weak. The disc does not play. , The disc is turned over. Insert the disc with the playback side facing down on the disc tray. , The disc is skewed. , The player cannot play certain discs (page 6). , The region code on the DVD does not match the player. , Moisture has condensed inside the player (page 3). , The player cannot play CD-Rs, CD-RWs, DVD-Rs, or DVD-RWs (video mode) that are not finalized (page 6). The MP3 audio track cannot be played (page 34). , The DATA CD is not recorded in the MP3 format that conforms to ISO9660 Level 1/ Level 2 or Joliet. , The MP3 audio track does not have the extension “.MP3.” , The data is not formatted in MP3 even though it has the extension “.MP3.” , The data is not MPEG1 Audio Layer 3 data. , The player cannot play audio tracks in MP3PRO format. The title of the MP3 audio album or track is not correctly displayed. , The player can only display numbers and alphabet. Other characters are displayed as “*.” The disc does not start playing from the beginning. , Programme Play, Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, or A-B Repeat Play has been selected (page 35). , Resume play has taken effect (page 31). The player starts playing the disc automatically. , The disc features an auto playback function. , “AUTO PLAY” in “CUSTOM SETUP” is set to “ON” (page 67). Playback stops automatically. , While playing discs with an auto pause signal, the player stops playback at the auto pause signal. You cannot perform some functions such as Stop, Search, Slow-motion Play, Repeat Play, Shuffle Play, or Programme Play. , Depending on the disc, you may not be able to do some of the operations above. See the operating manual that comes with the disc. The language for the sound track cannot be changed. , Try using the DVD’s menu instead of the direct selection button on the remote (page 32). , Multilingual tracks are not recorded on the DVD being played. , The DVD prohibits the changing of the language for the sound track. The subtitle language cannot be changed or turned off. , Try using the DVD’s menu instead of the direct selection button on the remote (page 32). , Multilingual subtitles are not recorded on the DVD being played. , The DVD prohibits the changing of the subtitles. The angles cannot be changed. , Try using the DVD’s menu instead of the direct selection button on the remote (page 32). , Multi-angles are not recorded on the DVD being played. , The angle can only be changed when the “ANGLE” indicator lights up on the front panel display (page 9). , The DVD prohibits changing of the angles. 73 Additional Information The player does not operate properly. , When static electricity, etc., causes the player to operate abnormally, unplug the player. Nothing is displayed on the front panel display. , “DIMMER” in “CUSTOM SETUP” is set to “OFF.” Set “DIMMER” to “BRIGHT” or “DARK” (page 67). 5 numbers or letters are displayed on the screen and on the front panel display. , The self-diagnosis function was activated. (See the table on page 73.) The disc tray does not open and “LOCKED” appears on the front panel display. , Child Lock is set (page 29). The disc tray does not open and “TRAY LOCKED” appears on the front panel display. , Contact your Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service facility. “Data error” appears on the TV screen when playing a DATA CD. , The MP3 audio track you want to play is broken. , The data is not MPEG 1 Audio Layer 3 data. Self-diagnosis Function (When letters/numbers appear in the display) When the self-diagnosis function is activated to prevent the player from malfunctioning, a five-character service number (e.g., C 13 50) with a combination of a letter and four digits appears on the screen and the front panel display. In this case, check the following table. First three characters of the service number Cause and/or corrective action C 13 The disc is dirty. ,Clean the disc with a soft cloth (page 7). C 31 The disc is not inserted correctly. ,Re-insert the disc correctly. E XX (xx is a number) To prevent a malfunction, the player has performed the self-diagnosis function. ,Contact your nearest Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service facility and give the 5- character service number. Example: E 61 10 C:13:50 74 Glossary Chapter (page 9) Sections of a picture or a music feature that are smaller than titles. A title is composed of several chapters. Depending on the disc, no chapters may be recorded. Dolby Digital (page 24, 70) Digital audio compression technology developed by Dolby Laboratories. This technology conforms to 5.1-channel surround sound. The rear channel is stereo and there is a discrete subwoofer channel in this format. Dolby Digital provides the same 5.1 discrete channels of high quality digital audio found in Dolby Digital cinema audio systems. Good channel separation is realized because all of the channel data are recorded discretely and little deterioration is realized because all channel data processing is digital. Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) (page 23) Audio signal processing technology that Dolby Laboratories developed for surround sound. When the input signal contains a surround component, the Pro Logic process outputs the front, centre and rear signals. The rear channel is monaural. DTS (page 24, 70) Digital audio compression technology that Digital Theater Systems, Inc. developed. This technology conforms to 5.1-channel surround sound. The rear channel is stereo and there is a discrete subwoofer channel in this format. DTS provides the same 5.1 discrete channels of high quality digital audio. Good channel separation is realized because all of the channel data is recorded discretely and little deterioration is realized because all channel data processing is digital. DVD (page 6) A disc that contains up to 8 hours of moving pictures even though its diameter is the same as a CD. The data capacity of a single-layer and single- sided DVD is 4.7 GB (Giga Byte), which is 7 times that of a CD. The data capacity of a double-layer and single-sided DVD is 8.5 GB, a single-layer and double-sided DVD is 9.4 GB, and double-layer and double-sided DVD is 17GB. The picture data uses the MPEG 2 format, one of the worldwide standards of digital compression technology. The picture data is compressed to about 1/40 (average) of its original size. The DVD also uses a variable rate coding technology that changes the data to be allocated according to the status of the picture. Audio information is recorded in a multi-channel format, such as Dolby Digital, allowing you to enjoy a more real audio presence. Furthermore, various advanced functions such as the multi-angle, multilingual, and Parental Control functions are provided with the DVD. Index (CD)/Video Index (VIDEO CD) (page 9) A number that divides a track into sections to easily locate the point you want on a CD or VIDEO CD. Depending on the disc, no index may be recorded. MPEG audio (page 24, 70) International standard coding system used to compress audio digital signals authorized by ISO/IEC. MPEG 1 conforms to up to 2- channel stereo. MPEG 2, used on DVDs, conforms to up to 7.1-channel surround. Scene (page 9) On a VIDEO CD with PBC (playback control) functions, the menu screens, moving pictures and still pictures are divided into sections called “scenes.” Title (page 9) The longest section of a picture or music feature on a DVD, movie, etc., in video software, or the entire album in audio software. Track (page 9) Sections of a picture or a music feature on a CD or VIDEO CD (the length of a song). 76 Language Code List For details, see pages 50, 53, 65. The language spellings conform to the ISO 639: 1988 (E/F) standard. Code Language Code Language Code Language Code Language 1027 Afar 1028 Abkhazian 1032 Afrikaans 1039 Amharic 1044 Arabic 1045 Assamese 1051 Aymara 1052 Azerbaijani 1053 Bashkir 1057 Byelorussian 1059 Bulgarian 1060 Bihari 1061 Bislama 1066 Bengali; Bangla 1067 Tibetan 1070 Breton 1079 Catalan 1093 Corsican 1097 Czech 1103 Welsh 1105 Danish 1109 German 1130 Bhutani 1142 Greek 1144 English 1145 Esperanto 1149 Spanish 1150 Estonian 1151 Basque 1157 Persian 1165 Finnish 1166 Fiji 1171 Faroese 1174 French 1181 Frisian 1183 Irish 1186 Scots Gaelic 1194 Galician 1196 Guarani 1203 Gujarati 1209 Hausa 1217 Hindi 1226 Croatian 1229 Hungarian 1233 Armenian 1235 Interlingua 1239 Interlingue 1245 Inupiak 1248 Indonesian 1253 Icelandic 1254 Italian 1257 Hebrew 1261 Japanese 1269 Yiddish 1283 Javanese 1287 Georgian 1297 Kazakh 1298 Greenlandic 1299 Cambodian 1300 Kannada 1301 Korean 1305 Kashmiri 1307 Kurdish 1311 Kirghiz 1313 Latin 1326 Lingala 1327 Laothian 1332 Lithuanian 1334 Latvian; Lettish 1345 Malagasy 1347 Maori 1349 Macedonian 1350 Malayalam 1352 Mongolian 1353 Moldavian 1356 Marathi 1357 Malay 1358 Maltese 1363 Burmese 1365 Nauru 1369 Nepali 1376 Dutch 1379 Norwegian 1393 Occitan 1403 (Afan)Oromo 1408 Oriya 1417 Punjabi 1428 Polish 1435 Pashto; Pushto 1436 Portuguese 1463 Quechua 1481 Rhaeto- Romance 1482 Kirundi 1483 Romanian 1489 Russian 1491 Kinyarwanda 1495 Sanskrit 1498 Sindhi 1501 Sangho 1502 Serbo- Croatian 1503 Singhalese 1505 Slovak 1506 Slovenian 1507 Samoan 1508 Shona 1509 Somali 1511 Albanian 1512 Serbian 1513 Siswati 1514 Sesotho 1515 Sundanese 1516 Swedish 1517 Swahili 1521 Tamil 1525 Telugu 1527 Tajik 1528 Thai 1529 Tigrinya 1531 Turkmen 1532 Tagalog 1534 Setswana 1535 Tonga 1538 Turkish 1539 Tsonga 1540 Tatar 1543 Twi 1557 Ukrainian 1564 Urdu 1572 Uzbek 1581 Vietnamese 1587 Volapük 1613 Wolof 1632 Xhosa 1665 Yoruba 1684 Chinese 1697 Zulu 1703 Not specified www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-1 DVP-K370 SECTION 2 DISASSEMBLY IF-092KM (GA) boards (Page 2-6) Optical pick-up (KHM-270AAA) (Page 2-3) DC-motor, MS-81T board (Page 2-4) Mechanism deck (Page 2-3) AV-63KM (GA) board (Page 2-5) Front panel assembly (Page 2-2) MB-103KM (GA) board (Page 2-4) MC-139 board (Page 2-6) Power block (Page 2-5) Case, Tray cover assembly (Page 2-2) Set NOTE: The following flow chart shows the disassembly procedure. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-2 2-1. CASE, TRAY COVER ASSEMBLY 2-2. FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY NOTE: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given. B 2 Tapping screw 8 Tray cover assembly 7 Two claws 4 Case 1 Tapping screw 3 Three tapping screws A 5 Insert a driver into the aperture of the unit bottom, and move the lever of chuck cam in the direction of arrow A. 6 Pull the tray in the direction of arrow B. 6 Claw 3 Claw 4 Two claws 7 Front panel assembly 5 Two claws 2 Tactile switch (CN406, 5P) 1 Harness (CN501, 5P) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-3 2-3. MECHANISM DECK 2-4. OPTICAL PICK-UP (KHM-270AAA) 1 Two tapping screws (+BV Sumitite B3) (3 × 6) 6 Three tapping screws (+BV Sumitite B3) (3 × 6) 7 Mechanism deck 2 Fp support 3 Flexible flat cable (FMO-001) (CN203, 26P) 4 Flexible flat cable (FMO-002) (CN204, 9P) 5 Flexible flat cable (FMM-035) (CN201, 5P) 3 Flexible flat cable (FMO-001) (26P) 2 Flexible flat cable (FMO-002) (9P) 5 Two insulators 4 Insulator 1 Three insulator screws 6 Optical pick-up (KHM-270AAA) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-4 2-5. DC-MOTOR, MS-81T BOARD 2-6. MB-103KM (GA) BOARD 9 Flexible flat cable (FMM-035) (CN001, 5P) 7 Remove the two solderings q; MS-81T board 1 Two claws 3 Tray 5 Two screws (+P) (2.6 x 3) 4 Belt 6 Motor pulley 8 DC motor 2 3 Harness (CN102, 6P) 7 Four tapping screws (+BV Sumitite B3) (3 × 6) 8 MB-103KM (GA) board 1 Flexible flat cable (FMO-001) (CN203, 26P) 2 Flexible flat cable (FMO-002) (CN204, 9P) 4 Flexible flat cable (FMM-035) (CN201, 5P) 6 Connector (CN101, 9P) 5 Connector (CN601, 25P) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-5 2-7. AV-63KM (GA) BOARD 2-8. POWER BLOCK 5 Six tapping screws (+BV Sumitite B3) (3 ×10) 1 Connector (CN601, 25P) 2 Harness (CN204, 5P) 3 Harness (CN202, 7P) 6 AV-63KM (GA) 4 Two tapping screws (+BV Sumitite B3) (3 ×6) 1 Harness (CN201, 13P) 2 Power cord (CN101, 2P) 3 Four tapping screws (+BV Sumitite B3) (3 × 6) 4 Power block www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-6 2-9. IF-092KM (GA) BOARD 1 Harness (CN202, 7P) 6 IF-92KM (GA) board 3 Harness (CN201, 13P) 2 Harness (CN102, 6P) 5 Three tapping screws (+BV Sumitite B3) (3 × 6) 4 Connector (CAN101, 8P) 2-10.MC-139 BOARD 2 Two tapping screws (+BV Sumitite B3) (3 × 10) 3 Tapping screw (+BV Sumitite B3) (3 × 10) 5 MC-139 board 4 Micjack holder 1 Two volume knobs www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-7 2-11.INTERNAL VIEWS DC motor (Loading) 1-763-810-11 DC motor (Loading) 1-763-810-11 Optical device (KHM-270AAA/SERVICE ASSY) A-6062-709-A www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-8E 2-12.CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION POWER BLOCK (SWITCHING REGULATOR) IF-092 (INTERFACE CONTROL) MS-081 (LOADING) MC-139 (MIC AMP) MB-103 (SIGNAL PROCESS, SERVO) AV-063 (AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 SECTION 3 BLOCK DIAGRAMS 3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM 3-1 3-2 IC201 IC301 IC403 IC303 IC101 IC601 IC404 IC404,405 IC102 J101 (1/2) J101 (2/2) J103 J104 IC202 BASE UNIT KHM-270AAA/ SERVICE ASSY MS-81 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-5) MB-103 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-11 to 4-24) AV-63 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-27 to 4-30) IF-92 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-33) OPTICAL DEVICE DVD/CD PD IC RF DVD/CD RF AMP, SERVO ERROR PROCESS SIGO ARP, SERVO DSP FOCUS COIL TRACKING COIL FOCUS/TRACKING COIL DRIVE, SPINDLE/SLED/ LOADING MOTOR DRIVE M M M SPINDLE MOTOR SLED MOTOR M001 LOADING MOTOR FUNCTION KEY ND401 FLUORESCENT INDICATOR TUBE IF COM P CON POWER SERIAL BUS EEPROM PARALLEL BUS CDDOUT, CDDATA, CDBCK, CDLRCK SDI 0 – 7 AV DECODER SPDIF, ACH12, ACH34, ACH56, BCK, LRCK 16M DRAM 16M SDRAM V, Y, C Y, Cb, Cr VIDEO BUFFER SPDIF IC204 AUDIO D/A CONVERTER IC201 AUDIO AMP EVER+3.3V +11V +5V SW+3.3V +1.8V SW+3.3V +5V SW+11V SW–13V INLIMIT SENSOR CHUCK/TRAY DETECT SWITCHING REGULATOR (HS11S1U):Taiwan (HS11S1F):Brazilian (ETXNY381N2F):Others (SEE PAGE 4-43,4-45) SWITCHING REG AC IN 16 LINE OUT VIDEO 1 VIDEO 2 S VIDEO OUT L R LINE OUT AUDIO 2 L R AUDIO 1 OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT COAXIAL J201 D101-104 F101 2A AI+5V EVER+3.3V AU+11V SW–13V REG SW IC104 IC403 SYSTEM CONTROL S001 COMPONENT VIDEO OUT AU+5V REG IC106 FLASH MEMORY SW801 POWER Y C C B R IC202 AUDIO AMP IC503 ECHO IC501 MIC AMP IC502 MIC AMP MC-139 BOARD J501 MIC PUSH ENTER CURSOR STICK w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 3-3 3-4 3-2. RF/SERVO BLOCK DIAGRAM 2 19 25 27 59 42 41 36 38 44 13 15 21 33 37 14 ı 11 7 ı 10 45 ı 48 32 ı 29 125 124 126 147 131 148 152 15 ı 18 37 36 21 22 48 1 47 46 20 22 15 17 35 34 27 28 7 10 25 24 3 4 45 5 128 153 154 146 61 12 11 143 144 32 33 MB-103 BOARD (1/4) (SEE PAGE 4-11 to 4-16) BASE UNIT KHM-270AAA/SERVICE ASSY OPTICAL DEVICE 24 25 17 16 22 20 13 8 6 12 4 3 15 23 18 26 2 1 Q201 DVD LD DRIVE IC201 IC301 DVD/CD PD IC DVD/CD LD MODULE CN203 DVD/CD RF AMP, DIGITAL SERVO RF IN A – D E – H A2 – D2 VC DVDPD CDPD DVD LD SIGO FE TE PI DFT MON MIRR TZC SRD SWD SCLK SDEN SERVO DSP ADC1 ADC0 ADC2 DFCTI ADC7 POM 2, 3 129 130 ADC5, 6 MIRR TZC ADC4 SIGNAL PROCESSOR (SEE PAGE 3-5) SYSTEM CONTROL (SEE PAGE 3-7) XRESET HCS HINT MDSO MDPO 163 164 GIO9/FGREF GIO10/FGIN GIO1/INT3 PWM2 PWM0, 1 POM 0, 1 GIO0/INT2 SPINDLE MOTOR DRIVE FOCUS COIL DRIVE TRACKING COIL DRIVE LOADING MOTOR DRIVE SLED MOTOR DRIVE 7 1 ı 4 9 8 1 5 4 IC202 5 2 4 1 2 CN201 CN001 LDM± CKSW1 OCSW1 INLIMIT SENSOR TRACKING COIL FOCUS COIL M001 LOADING MOTOR M M M MS-81 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-5) SLED MOTOR SPINDLE MOTOR CN204 39 VCI 19 39 20 22 16 17 155 GIO2/INT4 16 CHUCK/TRAY DETECT S001 (1/2) RF A – D E – H VC PD DVD LD 26 Q202 CD LD DRIVE CD LD CD LD VR SLA±, SLB± SPM± INLIM TRK± 127 ADC3 FCS± PS TSD-M 40 42 43 VREF +3.3V LDON 159 161 162 167 GIO6/SDI GIO7/SDO GIO8/SCK GIO13 XSDPIT XSDPCS XRST XDRVMUTE OCSW1 SIGO CKSW1 XLDON FE TE PI SSDFCTI SS MON MDSO, MDPO SPMUTE SLDA, SLDB LMP, LMM TSD LMCTL TDRV± FDRV± SPFG SLE w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 3-5 3-6 3-3. SIGNAL PROCESSOR BLOCK DIAGRAM SDCK, XSHD, XSRQ, XSAK, SDEF SDCK XSHD XSRQ XSAK SDEF DATA BCLK LRCK DOUT CDIN2I CDIN1I CDBCKI CDLRKI ICLKI IERRI ISTARTI IVALI IREQO 111 113 24 25 26 27 28 150 196 197 207 22 70 24 25 63 55 65 61 59 57 26 28 29 166 167 158 160 134 ı 141 2 ı 9 37 ı 40 42 ı 45 169 170 175 56 57 ı 59 63 64 47 ı 51 77 ı 84 65 – 74 MEMA 0 – 9 MEMD 0 – 15 ADAD 0 – 11 ADDT 0 – 15 105-108 110-113 115 116 118 120 135-138 140-143 145-148 150 151 153 154 168-169 171-174 176-179 181-184 186-189 191-194 2 – 5 7 – 10 12 – 15 17 – 20 122 124 125 127 129 130 132 133 36 – 43 46 – 53 29 31 30 IC303 16M DRAM IC301 ARP IC403 AV DECODER IC404,405 16M SDRAM 31 32 34 35 202 – 205 MB-103 BOARD (2/4) (SEE PAGE 4-15 to 4-20) SIGO RF/SERVO (SEE PAGE 3-4) SYSTEM CONTROL (SEE PAGE 3-7) 16 RFIN1 RFIN2 SD 0 – 7 SDI 0 – 7 DTI 0 – 7 MA 0 – 9 MD 0 – 15 SDDQ 0 – 15 CDDATA, CDBCK, CDLRCK, CDDOUT CLK, CKE, DQML, DQMU, CS, WE, CAS, RAS WE, RAS LCAS, UCAS C OUT Y OUT COMPOUT B OUT R OUT G OUT C Y V Cr/B Cb/R Y/G COUT YOUT COMPOUT CR/B CB/R Y/G VIDEO (SEE PAGE 3-9) AUDIO (SEE PAGE 3-11) VREFI ACH12 ACH34 ACH56 LAND LRCKO BCKO ACH12 LRCK BCK VIDEO LEVEL ADJ RV401 HD 0 – 15 HAD 0 – 21 HA 0 – 21 HD 0 – 15 D 0 – 7 A 0 – 7 HA 0 – 7 HD 8 – 15 XRD XWRH RSTn DM ACK1 DM REQ1 DM ACK0 DM REQ0 ACLK HAD23 HAD22 CLKI SCLKI 200 199 HWAIT0n HIREQ0 HA 0 – 21 HD 0 – 15 HA 0 – 21 HD 0 – 15 XRST 512FSAVD 33MARP XWRH XRD TRST XARPIT XARPCS XWAIT XAVDCS2 XAVDCS3 27MAVD XAVDIT DREQ0 DACK0 DREQ1 DACK1 XWR XRD XINT XCS XWAT CLKIN 30 DO SPDIF 175 174 173 172 TDO TCK TDI TMS 171 97 99 98 101 102 TRST TDI TCK TDO TMS TRST HCSn HRWn LAND (FOR J TAG) (2/2) 3 CN601 (1/3) 1 11 7 9 5 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 3-7 3-8 3-4. SYSTEM CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM 17 62 67 48 18 57 82 63 56 36 9 15 10 20 76 51 83 7 39 26 27 38 25 7 6 5 70 58 71 46 16 81 47 60 61 49 50 8 7 1 – 5 102 – 109 111 – 118 120 85 – 100 14 MB-103 BOARD (3/4) (SEE PAGE 4-21 to 4-24) IC104 SYSTEM CONTROL IC103 PLL IC101 EEPROM HD 0 – 15 HA 0 – 21 SIGNAL PROCESSOR (SEE PAGE 3-5) XARPIT XARPCS XWAIT HA0 – 21 HA1 – 20 HD0 – 15 HD0 – 15 CSOX SO0 SCO SI0 INTERFACE CONTROL (SEE PAGE 3-13) SI0 SO0 SC0 XIFCS XIFBUSY XFRRST MAMUTE XRST INT4 XFRRST XIFCS MAMUTE 48/44.1k 54 53 X101 16.5MHz XDRVMUTE INT2 WIDE CS5X CKSW1 XDRVMUTE XSDPIT OCSW1 XLDON XSDPCS CKSW1 DREQ0 INTO DACK0 CS2X CS3X DREQ1 DACK1 DREQ0 XAVDIT DACK0 XAVDCS2 XAVDCS3 DREQ1 DACK1 VIDEO (SEE PAGE 3-9) SIGNAL PROCESSOR (SEE PAGE 3-5) RF/SERVO (SEE PAGE 3-4) 16 33MARP 512FSAVD X102 27MHz 33-1OUT FSEL 512FS2CH TRST 29 SO1 SO1 30 SC1 SC1 79 XDACS XDACS INT1 CS4X XWAIT 35 XRST XRST XRST XRD XWRH 512-2OUT 512-1OUT XTI XTO 3 27MAVD 27-1OUT X1 X2 HD 0 – 15 HA 0 – 21 XRD XWRH 3 CN101 5 6 8 4 1 CN601 (2/3) 2 WP SCL SDA OCSW1 SCL SDA WP WIDE XARPRST SI0 SO0 SC0 XIFCS IFBSY TRST WIDE AUDIO (SEE PAGE 3-11) HA 0 – 21 HD 0 – 15 IC106 FLASH 29.5nsec IC103 qg 5.0Vp-p IC103 9,q; 40.8nsec 5.0Vp-p 37.4nsec IC103 8 4.2Vp-p 37.4nsec IC103 3 4.2Vp-p 60.6nsec IC104 tf 1.6Vp-p w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 3-9 3-10 3-5. VIDEO BLOCK DIAGRAM 3 8 6 29 33 31 7 IC102 VIDEO BUFFER 12 15 17 24 22 20 19 15 25 23 21 17 AV-63 BOARD (1/2) (SEE PAGE 4-29) CN203 (1/2) CN202 (1/2) V Y C Y/G Cb/R Cr/B WIDE VMUTE SIGNAL PROCESSOR (SEE PAGE 3-6) 16 SYSTEM CONTROL (SEE PAGE 3-8) INTERFACE CONTROL (SEE PAGE 3-13) J101 (1/2) J103 16 J104 Y Cb Cr LINE OUT VIDEO 1 VIDEO 2 Y C S VIDEO OUT VIDEO IN Y IN C IN MUTE1 Y IN Cb IN Cr IN MUTE2 VIDEO OUT Y OUT C OUT Y OUT Cb OUT Cr OUT V Y C Y Cb Cr Q104, 105 WIDE SWITCH 1 24 COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y C C B R IC102 ed PAL H H IC102 ed NTSC 1.9Vp-p 2.5Vp-p H IC102 wf,wl NTSC H 1.9Vp-p IC102 wf,wl PAL 1.9Vp-p H 1.4Vp-p IC102 ea NTSC H 1.9Vp-p IC102 ea PAL H IC102 ws NTSC 1.0Vp-p IC102 ws PAL H 1.4Vp-p H H IC102 w; PAL IC102 w; NTSC 1.4Vp-p 1.0Vp-p w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 3-11 3-12 3-6. AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM 3 2 5 6 12 11 10 9 IC201 AUDIO AMP IC601 AUDIO D/A CONVERTER 9 CN203 (2/2) SDTI AOUTL+ AOUTL– AOUTR+ AOUTR– 16 DZFL SYSTEM CONTROL (SEE PAGE 3-8) SIGNAL PROCESSOR (SEE PAGE 3-6) INTERFACE CONTROL (SEE PAGE 3-13) ALT+ 16 J101 (2/2) 3 BICK 2 LRCK 4 MCLK 1 CSN 6 PDN 5 CCLK 7 CDTI 8 17 CN601 (3/3) 11 ALT– 15 5 ART+ 21 3 ART– 23 4 LMUTE 22 2 MAMUTE 24 MB-103 BOARD (4/4) (SEE PAGE 4-23) AV-63 BOARD (2/2) (SEE PAGE 4-27) 10 IC204 OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT COAXIAL SPDIF J201 16 CN202 (2/2) 2 SPDIF 1 D IN ACH12 LRCK BCK SO1 SC1 XRST 512FS2CH XDACS MAMUTE D202 Q211 BUFFER Q208 MUTE Q207 MUTE 1 7 + – + – Q202, 204, 205 MUTE DRIVE L R AUDIO 1 LINE OUT AUDIO 2 R L A MUTE 2 6 1 7 IC202 AUDIO AMP CN204 4 5 Q217 MUTE DRIVE MC-139 BOARD 6 2 7 1 IC501 MIC AMP 4 5 Q501,502 MUTE DRIVE MIC + ECHO MIC 5 2 7 1 IC502 MIC AMP 2 IN OUT ECHO 9 IC503 RV502 MIC VR RV501 ECHO VR J501 MIC w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 3-13 3-14 3-7. INTERFACE CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM 17 16 15 27 14 23 3 24 7 2 11 33 47 ı 64 77 ı 65 58 ı 41 5 ı 17 IF-92 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-33) 1 4 3 8 6 5 SYSTEM CONTROL (SEE PAGE 3-8) VIDEO (SEE PAGE 3-9) IC404 IF CON IC405 RESET CN404 SC0 SI0 SO0 XIFBUSY XIFCS XFRRST /SC SO SI BUSY /CS /FRRST 05 A MUTE VMUTE /AMUTE /VMUTE IR OUT DISPLAY RETURN TOP MENU TVS PUSH ENTER MENU S405 S408 S404 S402 S401 S403 S406 S412 CURSOR SEG 1 – 18 DIG 1 – 13 X401 8MHz ND401 FLUORESCENT INDICATOR TUBE CN406 1 IC406 REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER SC0 SI0 SO0 XIFBUSY XIFCS XFRRST 34 O/C 35 PLAY S409 S407 37 POWER S411 36 DISPLAY XIN XOUT 1 VOUT 8 /RST CURSOR STICK 3 2 1 CN402 AUDIO (SEE PAGE 3-12) PREQ S410 125nsec IC404 3 3.8Vp-p w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 3-15 3-16 3-8. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/3) 12 6 • 7 SWITCHING REGULATOR (HS11S1U) (Taiwan Model) (HS11S1F) (Brazilian Model) (SEE PAGE 4-45) CN201 EVER–13V P311 T101 POWER TRANSFORMER D211 D311 D611 D511 D313 D101 AC IN F101 CN101 16 IF-92 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-33) POWER 2 (SEE PAGE 3-17) POWER 2 (SEE PAGE 3-17) SW–13V SW–13V D621/D622 STANDBY/ON Q621 LED DRIVE PC101 PHOTO COUPLER IC101 SWITCH 8 11 3 2 1 13 1 2 Q211 Q311 Q611 Q404, 405 PS401 L101,102 LINE FILTER D221 P611 P511 +3.3V REG Q712 POWER CONTROL L211 L221 L311 L611 L511 26 37 IC404 IF CON IC406 REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER IC405 RESET IC411 IC301 SHUNT REG PCONT IC403 +1.8V REG POWER 30 PONCHK VKK F2 F1 EVER+3.3V EVER+3.3V EVER+3.3V AI+5V +3.3V +5V +1.8V SW+11V +11V 3.3V MNT ND401 FLUORESCENT INDICATOR TUBE DC/DC CONVERTER AU+11V PS402 3 VIN 2 VOUT CN401 2 CN403 CN404 13 3 11 12 8 4 1 5 7 5 CN402 7 3 6 2 1 6 • 7 SW+11V EVER+11V SW+5V SW+3.3V EVER+3.3V EVER–13V P-CONT POWER SW201 POWER Q401,402, T401 CN406 2 E +3.3V PUSH ENTER CURSOR STICK w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 3-17 3-18 3-9. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/3) 12 6 • 7 ETXNY381N2F (HongKong,Singapore model) (SEE PAGE 4-43) CN201 SW+11V EVER+11V EV–13V SW+5V D201 T101 D202 D203 F203 D104–D1107 AC IN F101 CN101 16 PD202 PD201 (ON) (STANDBY) PC101 PHOTO COUPLER IC101 SWITCH 8 SW+3.3V 11 EV+3.3V 3 EV–13V 2 P-CONT 1 POWER 13 1 2 Q301 Q203 Q204 L101, 102 LINE FILTER Q202 +3.3V REG Q205 POWER CONTROL L301 D301 L205 L201 L202 L206 F202 F201 L203 D204 L204 IC201 SHUNT REG IC202 SHUNT REG POWER SW201 EV+3.3V SW+5V SW+3.3V SW+11V P-CONT POWER EVER+11V TO IF-92 BOARD (SEE PAGE 3-16) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 3-20E 3-19 3-10.POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (3/3) 1 11 19 AV-63 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-27 to 4-30) OPTICAL DEVICE 16 MB-103 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-11 to 4-24) CN101 CN102 CN203 INLIMIT SENSOR 5 CN204 IC102 VIDEO BUFFER IC101 –5V REG 3 OUT IC601 AUDIO D/A CONVERTER IC101 EEPROM IC202 FOCUS/TRACKING COIL DRIVE, SPINDLE/SLED/ LOADING MOTOR DRIVE IC404 16M SDRAM AI+5V 2 IN IC203 +5V REG 1 OUT 3 IN IC402 +3.3V REG 4 VOUT 5 VIN IC401 +1.8V REG 4 VOUT 5 VIN IC302 +3.3V REG 4 VOUT 5 VIN MUTE V SW–13V EVER+3.3V AU+11V D201 IC204 OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT CN203 25 CN601 POWER (1/3) (SEE PAGE 3-16) POWER (1/3) (SEE PAGE 3-16) IC201 AUDIO AMP Q201 Q203, 216 OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT FILTER FL110 7 4 IC104 SYSTEM CONTROL FILTER FL103 FILTER FL201 +3.3V FILTER FL105 2 +5V FILTER FL104 1 +1.8V FILTER FL109 5 CN202 6 5 7 3 +11V 3.3V MNT IC303 16M DRAM IC201 DVD/CD RF AMP, DIGITAL SERVO IC403 AV DECODER IC301 ARP, SERVO DSP VCC MOD LED FILTER FL404 FILTER FL403 FILTER FL402 AU+5V IC103 PLL FILTER FL101 IC106 FLASH MEMORY IC107 OTP FILTER FL106 or FILTER FL102 IC202 AUDIO AMP 2 3 CN204 IC405 16M SDRAM IC504 +5V REG 2 3 IC503 ECHO IC501 MIC AMP IC502 MIC AMP 1 3 OUT IN MC-139 BOARD CN501 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-1 4-2 SECTION 4 PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 2P CN101 1 AC_IN(L) 2 AC_IN(N) 7P CN202 7 SW_-13 6 AI+5V 5 AU+11v 4 GND 3 EVER+3.3V 2 A_MUTE 1 VMUTE 13P CN401 1 POWER 2 P-CONT 3 EVER-13V 4 M_GND 5 M_GND 6 SW+11V 7 SW+11v 8 SW+3.3V 9 D_GND 10 D_GND 11 EVER+3.3V 12 +5V 13 +11V(AUDIO) 6P CN403 1 +1.8V 2 +5V 3 GND 4 SW+3.3V 5 +11V 6 M_GND 9P CN404 1 SOO 2 GND 3 SCO 4 SIO 5 XIFBUSY 6 XIFCS 7 3.3V_MNT 8 XFRRST 9 GND 7P CN402 7 SW-13V 6 AI+5V 5 AU+11V 4 GND 3 EVER+3.3V 2 A_MUTE 1 V_MUTE 13P CN201 1 POWER 2 P-CONT 3 EVER-13V 4 M_GND 5 M_GND 6 SW+11V 7 SW+11v 8 SW+3.3V 9 D_GND 10 D_GND 11 EVER+3.3V 12 +5V 13 +11V(AUDIO) 9P CN101 1 SOO 2 GND 3 SCO 4 SIO 5 XIFBUSY 6 XIFCS 7 3.3V_MNT 8 XFRRST 9 GND 6P CN102 1 +1.8V 2 +5V 3 GND 4 SW+3.3V 5 +11V 6 M_GND 26P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 CN203 26P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 5P CN201 1 2 3 4 5 9P CN204 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 5P CN001 1 2 3 4 5 5P CN406 1 GND 2 EVER+3.3V 3 CURSOR 4 N.C. 5 N.C. CN203 25P CN601 25P 5P CN501 1 GND 2 -11V 3 +11V 4 MIC 5 MIC+ECH0 5P CN204 1 2 3 4 5 6P CN103 1 2 3 4 5 6 10P CN405 1 3.3v_MNT 2 XFRRST 3 XIFBUSY 4 XIFCS 5 SIO 6 SOO 7 SCO 8 GND 9 IFRST 10 PCONT Y C G G S S J103 J104 J101 J201 IC204 D IN 1 VCC 2 GND 3 J501 S401-412 1 A MS-81 BOARD MB-103 BOARD IF-92 BOARD AV-63 BOARD F N.C. D FCS- H VR RF DVD LD C FCS+ PD CD LD LD GND GND VC LDM- N.C. GND LDM+ GND OCSW1 TRK- FCS- CKSW1 A TRK+ SW/N.C. VCC CD LD E TRK+ SW B MOD G GND LD GND VC B GND A C D CKSW1 GND LDM- LDM+ OCSW1 VCC PD N.C. INLIM N.C. GND DVD LD SLA+ H SLA- SPM- SLB- MOD FMM-35 LED RF SPM+ SLA- E SPM+ G SLB+ FMO-002 F SPM- FCS+ SLA+ VR TRK- GND SLB+ LED INLIM FM0-001 SLB- B to B PF-129 HARNESS HARNESS AF-122 B TO B ART+ 2 6 7 RGBSEL 18 WIDE 19 17 IPSW Y/G CR/B AU+5V DSEL SPDIF 4 8 16 RMUTE 22 25 D_GND D_GND ALT- P_GND_SPDIF CB/R 24 P_GND_AUDIO 5 12 9 Y 14 20 1 D_GND C 21 ALT+ MAMUTE V 3 10 11 LMUTE 23 13 15 D_GND ART- 5 2 8 RGBSEL 25 17 P_GND_SPDIF 1 CR/B ALT+ 10 13 ART+ 4 P_GND_AUDIO 7 22 19 ALT- 20 21 3 23 ART- SPDIF 9 24 6 RMUTE WIDE D_GND Y/G 14 C V LMUTE D_GND DSEL CB/R 12 16 18 D_GND IPSW Y D_GND MAMUTE 11 15 AU+5V -11V MIC+ECHO MIC +11V GND MC-139 BOARD HARNESS AM-130 RF MON RXD +3.3V GND GND TXD OPTICAL PICK-UP UNIT FOCUS/ TRACKING COIL FLAT CABLE DVD/CD PD IC FLAT CABLE M SPINDLE MOTOR SLED MOTOR M FLAT CABLE FOR CHECK MF-129 FPC CURSOR PUSH ENTER ND401 FLUORESCENT INDICATOR TUBE FOR CHECK HARNESS SWITCHING REGURATOR AC IN COAXIAL R L COMPONENT VIDEO OUT R OPTICAL C R LINE OUT VIDEO1 AUDIO2 VIDEO2 OUT S VIDEO C Y AUDIO1 AUDIO1 AUDIO2 B L MIC (STOP), (PLAY), (PAUSE), (PREV), (NEXT), (O/C), (RETURN), DISPLAY, DVD MENU, TITLE, PVEQ, TVS 2 G K 5 E M 17 13 3 F 4 J L 16 C 9 12 D 15 I B 8 11 14 H 7 6 10 16 M M001 LOADING MOTOR w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-4 (For printed wiring boards) • X : indicates a lead wire mounted on the component side. • x : indicates a lead wire mounted on the printed side. • a : Through hole. • b : Pattern from the side which enables seeing. (The other layers' patterns are not indicated.) THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS (In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block) When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board name. Caution: Pattern face side: Parts on the pattern face side seen from (Side B) the pattern face are indicated. Parts face side: Parts on the parts face side seen from (Side A) the parts face are indicated. (For schematic diagrams) • All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. pF : µµF. 50V or less are not indicated except for electrolytics and tantalums. • All resistors are in ohms, 1/4 W (Chip resistors : 1 /10 W) un-less otherwise specified. kΩ=1000Ω, MΩ=1000kΩ. • Caution when replacing chip parts. New parts must be attached after removal of chip. Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor, be- cause it is damaged by the heat. • All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B, unless otherwise noted. • 2 : non flammable resistor • 5 : fusible resistor • C : panel designation • f : internal component. • C : adjustment for repair. • U : B+ Line • V : B– Line • Circled numbers refer to waveforms. • Voltages are dc between measurement point. • Readings are taken with a color-bar signals on DVD refer-ence disc and when playing CD reference disc. • Readings are taken with a digital multimeter (DC 10MW). • Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production toler- ances. 4-2. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS • Abbreviation BR : Brazilian model E:HK ; Hong Kong model E:TW ; Taiwan model E:SP ; Singapore model ; Malaysia model ; Thailand model ; Philippine model ; Indonesia model ; Vietnum model Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. 4-3 60.6nsec 29.5nsec 37.4nsec MB-103 BOARD 2 IC103 qd,qg 1 IC104 tf 5.0Vp-p 1.6Vp-p 3 IC103 3,8 4.2Vp-p 4 IC103 9,q; 40.8nsec 5.0Vp-p 5 IC102 ed PAL H H 5 IC102 ed NTSC H H H H H AV-63 BOARD 1 IC102 w; PAL 1 IC102 w; NTSC 1.4Vp-p 1.0Vp-p 1.9Vp-p 1.4Vp-p 2 IC102 ws NTSC 1.0Vp-p 2 IC102 ws PAL H 1.4Vp-p 3 IC102 wf,wl NTSC H 1.9Vp-p 4 IC102 ea NTSC 3 IC102 wf,wl PAL H 1.9Vp-p 4 IC102 ea PAL 1.9Vp-p 2.5Vp-p NTSC:75% COLOR BAR PLAY BACK PAL :100% COLOR BAR PLAY BACK 125nsec IF-92 BOARD 1 IC404 3 3.8Vp-p 8.6µsec 4.4µsec 2 ND401 1,ys 14.4Vp-p 3 T401 3 21.7Vp-p w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-5 4-6 LOADING MS-81 MS-81 (LOADING) PRINTED WIRING BOARD AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 16 M001 5P CN001 1 2 3 4 5 S001 1 2 3 4 5 JL001 JL002 JL003 JL004 JL005 1 A LDM+ LDM- OCSW1 CKSW1 GND MB-103 BOARD (2/7) CN201 (SEE PAGE 4-13) LOADING MOTOR DETECT CHUCK/TRAY 2 4 5 16 B MS-81 BOARD 3 C LOADING - REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- For printed wiring board There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model. POWER BLOCK (SWITCHING REGULATOR) IF-092 (INTERFACE CONTROL) MS-081 (LOADING) MC-139 (MIC AMP) MB-103 (SIGNAL PROCESS, SERVO) AV-063 (AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-8 DVD/CD RF AMP, DIGITAL SERVO, MOTOR DRIVE, SERVO, AV DECODER, SDRAM, SYSTEM CONTROL, AUDIO DAC, PLL MB-103 MB-103 (DVD/CD RF AMP, DIGITAL SERVO, MOTOR DRIVE, SERVO, AV DECODER, SDRAM, SYSTEM CONTROL, AUDIO DAC, PLL) PRINTED WIRING BOARD MB-103 BOARD (SIDE A) For printed wiring board There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model. • : Uses unleaded solder. POWER BLOCK (SWITCHING REGULATOR) IF-092 (INTERFACE CONTROL) MS-081 (LOADING) MC-139 (MIC AMP) MB-103 (SIGNAL PROCESS, SERVO) AV-063 (AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) 1 CN101 A-5 CN102 B-1 CN103 A-8 CN201 A-3 CN202 E-2 CN203 F-1 CN204 D-1 CN301 B-6 CN601 H-6 IC102 E-6 IC104 C-9 IC301 B-5 IC302 D-4 IC402 H-9 IC403 F-8 IC501 E-3 IC502 F-4 IC601 G-6 RV401 H-8 RV501 F-6 RV502 G-5 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-9 DVD/CD RF AMP, DIGITAL SERVO, MOTOR DRIVE, SERVO, AV DECODER, SDRAM, SYSTEM CONTROL, AUDIO DAC, PLL MB-103 MB-103 BOARD (SIDE B) • : Uses unleaded solder. 2 3 4 D201 F-1 D202 G-1 IC101 A-8 IC103 D-6 IC106 C-9 IC107 C-9 IC108 C-7 IC201 E-3 IC202 C-2 IC303 C-5 IC401 D-7 IC404 F-7 IC405 F-9 IC406 F-8 IC503 G-3 IC504 F-5 IC505 H-4 Q201 F-2 Q202 G-2 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-11 4-12 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-7 for printed wiring board. DVD/CD RF AMP, DIGITAL SERVO MB-103 (1/7) XLDON 47uH L201 0.1u B C262 2200p B C212 TE 6.3V 47u C242 4700 R206 XX R209 SSDFCTI 0.01u B C243 33 R249 CN203 26P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 XX C267 100 R211 XX R247 SSWD SSRD 330p C261 2200p B C211 0.01u B C260 0.1u B C241 SSCK SIGO 100 R235 4700p B C233 47k R251 0.1u B C244 100 R246 SSCS 0.001u C253 +3.3V 0.01u B C248 RFMON 33 R248 CN202 XX 1 2 3 4 5 0.1u B C265 2SB1132-T100-QR Q202 MIRR XX R268 CN204 9P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2.2M R263 2200p B C213 GND 0.01u B C201 100 R256 0.047u B C256 16V 10u C238 100 R212 0.01u B C235 0.01u B C266 560p C236 0.1u B C251 TZC XX C239 XX R267 0.01u B C202 0.047u B C257 4700p B C232 100k R264 27k R265 47k R245 2200p B C210 0.01u B C247 2SB1132-T100-QR Q201 0.1u B C252 16V 10u C221 XX C269 SS_MON 0.01u B C245 1k R244 0.1u B C255 XX D201 0.01u B C254 FE 330 R210 6.3V 47u C234 +5V 12k R260 33 R234 47uH L202 XX D202 33 R236 16V 10u C263 PI 0.01u B C264 FL201 XX C237 SP3728ACB IC201 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 JL201 JL202 JL203 JL205 JL204 JL206 JL207 JL208 JL209 JL210 JL211 JL213 JL212 0 R273 XX R266 XX R272 XX C224 CN203 26P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 CN204 9P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 INLIM TRK- FCS+ FCS- SVC TRK+ SVC 1 A SPM+ SLA- SLB+ SPM- SLB- SLA+ SSCS B SSDFCTI H SSWD F TE SSDFCTI D DVD_LD FE G SLA- H FCS+ SLB+ TRK+ A B FCS- CD_LD D DVD_LD SSCS G PI SSCK MIRR SPM+ C C SPM- TRK- E SLA+ FE CD_LD PI SLB- TE FE SSCK SSWD SSRD TZC E F SSRD A MIRR TZC TE PI INLIM SLA+ SLB- SLB+ SPM+ SLA- SPM- FCS+ FCS- TRK+ TRK- INLIM CDPD N.C DVDPD RFIN MEVO CDLD MIRR VPA DVD LD RF TZIN F GND E MB SLA- MEV AIP RFIP DIP FE D LDON TPA ATON BYP2 VCC LD GND F INLIM A SLB- C2 FE MIN G MON RF AIN SLB+ LDSELO TE D SRD C SCLK GND PI RX PII BYP A GND N.C FCS+ GND E H D2 WIN SWD C TZC B2 VC B MLPF FNP H TRK- VNA FCS- VR TRK+ CN SW/N.C WPP SLA+ CD LD B LED VPB CP VNB DFT TPH SDEN PI DVDLD VCI SIGO MP V33 ATOP DIN FNN VC G TE MOD SPM+ PD A2 SPM- SW/N.C. VR C D VCC FCS+ A TRK- F RF MOD N.C. N.C. VC LD GND DVD LD CD LD TRK+ FCS- H GND PD GND B G E SLA- GND SLA+ INLIM SLB- SPM+ SPM- SLB+ LED DVD/CD PD IC DVD/CD LD MODULE FOCUS COIL TRACKING COIL OPTICAL DEVICE BASE UNIT KHM-270AAA/Z-NP M M INLIMIT SENSOR FMO-002 FLAT CABLE FMM-001 FLAT CABLE DVD LD DRIVE CD LD DRIVE IC201 DVD/CD RF AMP SERVO ERROR PROCESS 5 TO(2/7) 4 TO(2/7) 1 TO(7/7) 2 TO(7/7) TO(3/7) 3 6 TO(6/7) B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ DVD/CD RF AMP DIGITAL SERVO -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT MB-103 BOARD(1/7) H 2 3 12 17 9 G 11 E C 10 14 13 6 B 7 I D F 15 5 8 4 16 16 3.3 3.3 0.5 3.3 0 3.3 2.5 0.5 2.5 2.6 0 2.6 2.5 0 2.5 2.6 0 2.5 2.5 4.8 0.2 0.2 4.8 0.1 3.8 0 2.1 2.5 3.3 2.4 2.7 0 3.4 3.4 0 3.4 1.7 1.7 3.3 2.5 0.1 1.7 2.0 1.9 0 0.1 2.6 3.6 3.6 4.0 4.0 2.4 3.3 4.8 2.8 2.1 3.3 2.1 3.4 3.3 3.2 0.6 4.7 4.7 0.8 2.2 3.7 4.4 SLED MOTOR SPINDLE MOTOR NO MARK:PB MODE TRACKING SERVO DVD/CD CDV SPINDLE SERVO (SPEED AND PHASE) FOCUS SERVO SLED SERVO DVD/CD PB AUDIO SIGNAL PATH Y SIGNAL CHROMA VIDEO SIGNAL Y/CHROMA SIGNAL PATH w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-13 4-14 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-7 for printed wiring board of MB-103 board. • Refer to page 4-5 for printed wiring board of MS-81 board. MOTOR DRIVE MB-103 (2/7) GND TRMP MDSO XX C208 10k R229 0.1u B C272 R202 XX 10k R259 JL248 XX R203 CKSW1 XX R228 120k R218 FDRV+ 10k R214 0.1u B C220 150k R220 C215 100p ± 0.5% 100k R254 0.01u B C249 10k R269 TSENSU +11V 150k R221 0.001u B C259 120k R227 SPMUTE 0.1u B C219 33k R252 XX R215 M_GND ± 0.5% 56k R255 0.01u B C258 0.01u B C250 TDRV+ 10k R225 1k R216 470k R233 680k R231 FAN8034L IC202 1 2 3 4 5 6 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 50 51 52 49 13 25 26 37 38 39 11 12 9 10 7 8 33k R230 10k R261 ± 0.5% 100k R250 0.001u B C204 C216 220p XDRVMUTE XX R208 33k R240 +3.3V 33k R232 +5V 10k R213 XX R204 TDRV- TRMM SPFG 470k R243 56k R222 XX C268 R201 XX JL247 FDRV- XX C227 SLE XX C217 0.001u B C229 XX C207 0.001u B C228 LMM 0.01u B C270 1k R217 TSD 0.033u B C246 SLDA XX C205 C206 XX XX R205 470k R226 LMP 1500p C218 270k R224 33k R239 33k R238 SVC OCSW1 0.015u C214 16V 47u C271 XX R237 220p C226 LMCTL 120k R219 DSENS ± 0.5% 56k R253 0.033u B C240 33k R241 4700p B C230 OCSW2 XX C209 0.001u B C203 56k R223 220k R242 SLDB 100p C225 MDPO 100 R207 330 R262 0.1u B C273 XX R280 TSENSD CL201 CL202 CL203 CL204 CL205 XX R271 XX R274 XX R270 XX C276 TSENSO XX C223 XX R257 XX C274 XX R276 XX R275 XX R258 XX C231 XX C222 5P CN001 1 2 3 4 5 CN201 5P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 FCS+ FCS- TRK+ TRK- 1 A SLA- SLB+ SLA+ SPM+ SPM- SLB- CKSW1 SPM- LDM+ LDM+ FCS+ TRK+ FCS- OCSW1 SPM+ SLA- SLB+ TRK- CKSW1 LDM- OCSW1 LDM- SLB- SLA+ TRK+ TRK- FCS+ SPM- SLA+ SLB+ SPM+ SLA- SLB- FCS- OPIN2- FWD OUT5 PGND1 IN5+ IN4- DO5- SW IN3+ DO4+ MUTE12 IN2- OUT4 MUTE34 D IN2+ REV DO1- CTL DO3- IN5- OUT2 DO5+ DO2- IN1+ TMP DO2+ DO6+ OPIN1+ MUTE34 DO3+ DSENS TSENS TMM OCSW1 PVCC2 GND TSD-M GND OCSW2 VREF LDM+ DO6- LDM- MUTE5 OUT3 CKSW1 POWER SAVE OPIN1- OUT1 D IN4+ - PGND2 MSC MUTE12 MUTE5 OPOUT1 SVCC OPIN2+ PVCC1 SGND IN3- OPOUT2 + DO1+ DO4- PS IN1- TSD-M OCSW1 CKSW1 LDM+ LDM- GND CHUCK/TRAY DETECT M001 LOADING MOTOR MS-81 BOARD NOT USE 7 TO(7/7) TO(6/7) 8 9 TO(3/7) TO(7/7) 10 4 TO(1/7) 5 TO(1/7) TO(3/7) 11 12 TO(6/7) XX MARK:NO MOUNT MOTOR DRIVE -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- MB-103 BOARD(2/7) 16 H 2 3 12 17 9 G 11 E C 10 14 13 6 B 7 D 18 F 15 5 8 4 16 IC202 MOTOR DRIVE B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.3 0 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 5.5 11.3 1.7 3.5 3.5 3.2 1.7 4.7 1.7 1.7 11.2 3.3 5.5 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 6.8 4.2 5.5 S001 NO MARK:PB MODE M SPINDLE SERVO (SPEED AND PHASE) SIGNAL PATH SLED SERVO DVD/CD TRACKING SERVO DVD/CD CDV FOCUS SERVO FMM-35 FLAT CABLE (SEE PAGE 4-5) LOADING MS-81 / w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-15 4-16 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-7 for printed wiring board. SERVO MB-103 (3/7) XSRQ XSDPCS XWAIT XARPCS XSDPIT XARPIT CDDOUT HA7 HA2 HA6 CDLRCK/TDOKT HA5 HA3 XSAK HA4 HA0 HA1 HD14 +5V SVC HD15 SPFG HD10 +3.3V TCK SLE HD12 GND TDIKT PI HD13 TMS FE HD8 SIGO XFRRST XSHD HD11 SDCK HD9 SDEF TE 2200 R323 XX R305 470 R313 4700p B C305 0.01u B C304 0.01u B C321 ± 0.5% 22k R321 10k R326 4700p B C318 XX R304 0.068u B C312 ± 0.5% 10k R327 470 R315 100p C310 XX R341 4700 R335 100 R311 10k R324 0.1u B C324 XX R342 0.01u B C314 0.01u B C328 XX R345 4700 R316 0.01u B C315 ± 0.5% 1800 R334 XX R309 0.01u B C325 4700p B C330 27k R328 0.01u B C329 ± 0.5% 10k R319 JL317 2200 R329 CN301 XX 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 XX R343 2200 R330 470 R314 0.01u B C322 JL310 6800 R325 JL309 150k R333 0.01u B C319 ± 0.5% 220 R312 0.01u B C326 0 R302 JL318 C302 XX 0 R301 ± 0.5% 1k R322 XX R344 2200 R332 2200 R331 4700p B C320 0.01u B C311 0.01u B C323 XX R308 0.01u B C327 0.1u B C317 0.033u B C313 100u C308 6.3V CXD9703R IC301 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 ± 0.5% 33k R320 470 R318 4700p B C316 JL335 JL337 JL333 JL336 JL334 JL319 JL325 JL326 CDDATA/EMU1 CDBCK/EMU0 CDLRCK/TDOKT XX R338 XX R339 XX R340 SSCS LMM SSCK LMP SSWD SSRD JL322 JL321 JL324 JL323 JL320 JL327 TSD INLIM SPMUTE JL314 JL316 JL315 SLDB SLDA JL312 JL311 LMCTL JL313 33MARP SSDFCTI MIRR TZC SDI0 SDI1 SDI2 SDI3 SDI4 SDI5 SDI6 SDI7 10k R336 0.1u B C331 10k R346 10k R347 10k R348 10k R349 FDRV- FDRV+ TDRV+ TDRV- JL338 JL339 JL341 JL340 +1.8V 0 R352 0 R351 0.01u B C332 0.01u B C333 XX R337 100 R360 B C335 0.01u JL328 JL332 JL331 JL330 JL329 JL342 JL343 JL308 JL301 JL303 JL306 JL304 JL305 JL302 JL307 0.01u B C334 10k R358 10k R359 10k R317 0.01u B C338 0.01u B C340 XX C342 0.01u B C343 B C344 0.01u XX C345 0.01u B C339 XX C341 0.01u B C337 XX C336 XX R363 CL301 CL302 CL308 CL309 CL313 CL314 CL315 B C309 0.01u IC303 GM71V18160 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 41 42 43 44 45 46 11 15 36 40 24 25 47 48 49 50 FL301 XX XX FL302 IC302 MM1385ENLE 1 2 3 4 5 1k R303 XRST SS_MON JL344 XRD XWRH 1 A MDSO MDPO TCK TCK TDIKT TMS TMS XFRRST TDIKT RAMD15 RAMD13 RAMD14 RAMD10 RAMD9 SDI2 RAMD11 RAMD12 RAMD8 CDLRCK/TDOKT SDI7 SDI6 SDI5 SDI3 SDI4 SDI1 RAMD6 RAMD5 RAMD4 RAMD3 RAMD2 RAMD1 RAMD7 RAMD0 RAMA9 RAMA8 RAMA7 RAMA6 RAMA5 RAMA4 RAMA3 RAMA2 RAMA1 RAMA0 MDPO SDEF XSAK XSHD SDCK CDDOUT SSCS LMM LMP SSCK SSWD SSRD CDBCK/EMU0 CDDATA/EMU1 SDEF XSAK XSRQ XSHD SDCK CDDOUT SDI0 SDI1 SDI2 SDI3 SDI4 SDI5 SDI6 SDI7 MDSO TESTK3 TESTK2 TESTK1 TESTK0 TESTK3 TESTK2 TESTK1 TESTK0 XSDPIT XSDPCS XSDPCS FDRV- FDRV+ TDRV- TDRV+ MDPO MDSO FDRV- FDRV+ TDRV- TDRV+ XSDPIT SLE SPFG RAMD0 RAMD1 RAMD2 RAMD3 RAMD4 RAMD5 RAMD6 RAMD7 RAMD8 RAMD9 RAMD10 RAMD11 RAMD12 RAMD13 RAMD14 RAMD15 RAMA0 RAMA1 RAMA2 RAMA3 RAMA4 RAMA5 RAMA6 RAMA7 RAMA8 RAMA9 XFRRST XFRRST TMS TCK TDIKT CDLRCK/TDOKT CDDATA/EMU1 CDBCK/EMU0 CDLRCK/TDOKT INLIM LMCTL SLDB SLDA SLE SPFG SLDA SLDB LMM LMP LMCTL SSDFCTI MIRR TZC SSDFCTI MIRR TZC INLIM SSRD SSWD SSCK SSCS XSRQ SDI0 TCK TRST EMU0 TO JIG EMU1 3.3V GND GND TDO TMS TDI TDI VDDA2 3.3V MD4 GIO5/PGIN VDDD0 3.3V XRD DATA/EMU1 MA2 VSSA5 GIO11/TMC2 A2 LRCK/TDO VSS MD9 VSSD1 D6 XMWR MD14 VDDA3 3.3V PWM1 MIRR VSS TZC A6 VRBA TESTK0 SD5 VDD3.3V ADC4 PDM3 MA1 VDDA5 3.3V SD1 ADC0 A0 VDD3.3V FR2 GIO7/SDO XSHD DOUT MD3 VSSA1 JITPWM IREF TMS GIO4/PGREF BIAS VSS MDP0 MA7 TCK VSS VDD1.8V MD8 D5 MD15 GIO2/INT4 TESTK1 GIO10/FGIN RFIN2 PWM0 PDM1 MD5 DFCTI VDDD1 3.3V VSS A5 VSS ADC5 XWAT D3 VSSA4 HCS MA4 VSSA0 SD2 ADC3 GIO3/INT5 R1 XSAK FR3 VDD3.3V XSRQ SDCK MD2 INM RFD AOUT TRST MDS0 VREF MD13 MA6 D7 VDD1.8V GIO13 VSS VRT MD6 VSSA3 XCS VDD3.3V GIO1/INT3 PWM2 TESTK3 VSSD2 MA3 GIO9/GREF VDD3.3V CLKIN A4 ADC6 D1 HINT MD1 MD11 VCO SD0 ADC2 R2 SDEF VDD1.8V XRAS Y VDDA4 3.3V VSS INP PLCKO A3 VSSA2 MA8 SD6 D2 GIO6/SDI LOCK VSSD0 XWR BCLK/EMU0 GIO12 MD7 XINT RFIN1 PDM2 MA5 TESTK2 VRB ADC7 D4 A7 VDD1.8V VSS MD0 MD10 VDD1.8V D0 XCAS GIO0/INT2 MD12 VDD1.8V VDDD2 3.3V PDM0 GIO8/SCK SD4 ADC1 MA9 MA0 SD3 VRTA XRESET FR1 VSS A1 VSS VDDA0 3.3V SD7 VDDA1 3.3V I/O13 I/O15 I/O10 A3 N.C. I/O3 I/O14 RAS I/O11 I/O4 A4 I/O5 N.C. WE GND N.C. N.C. N.C. I/O6 GND I/O8 A7 A0 A9 A1 I/O12 A6 LCAS I/O0 I/O2 UCAS GND N.C. I/O1 I/O9 VDD N.C. I/O7 A8 VDD A5 OE A2 VDD (2012) (2012) CONT GND NOISE VIN VOUT TO(7/7) 13 TO(4/7) 16 TO(1/7) 3 TO(7/7) 14 TO(6/7) 17 TO(4/7,6/7,7/7) 15 TO(2/7) 9 18 TO(4/7,6/7) 19 TO(4/7) 20 TO(4/7) TO(2/7) 11 XX MARK:NO MOUNT SERVO MB-103 BOARD(3/7) -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- 16 19 H M 2 3 12 J 17 9 G 11 E C 10 K 14 13 6 B 7 I D 18 F 15 5 L 8 4 20 16 SERVO IC301 16M D RAM IC303 IC302 3.3V REG 21 TO(6/7) 1.7 0.7 3.3 2.4 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 3.3 1.0 1.7 1.7 2.5 3.3 1.0 0.5 3.4 2.6 1.6 3.3 1.7 0.7 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 1.7 1.9 1.7 1.7 1.7 2.3 0 1.7 0.7 1.5 1.8 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.7 1.0 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.3 0.3 2.4 0.2 3.4 0.2 3.4 3.4 3.4 2.6 1.7 1.7 2.9 1.7 3.0 2.8 3.0 2.8 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.4 2.7 2.7 2.9 2.8 2.9 2.7 2.7 2.9 1.7 3.0 2.7 3.3 3.0 1.7 2.3 3.4 2.3 3.3 3.3 3.4 1.7 1.6 1.7 3.4 0 3.4 0 0 0 1.7 1.9 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.2 2.5 0 3.4 2.6 2.6 2.7 2.2 2.5 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.4 1.6 1.7 0 1.7 3.3 2.2 1.7 0.6 1.7 0 3.4 2.0 0 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 0 1.7 1.7 1.7 0 0 0 4.8 4.8 3.3 1.3 B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ NO MARK:PB MODE Y/CHROMA AUDIO SIGNAL PATH SLED SERVO DVD/CD SPINDLE SERVO (SPEED AND PHASE) SIGNAL FOCUS SERVO Y TRACKING SERVO DVD/CD CDV CHROMA VIDEO SIGNAL PB SIGNAL PATH B+ w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-17 4-18 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-7 for printed wiring board. AV DECODER MB-103 (4/7) DREQ1 TDIKT SDI2 CDLRCK/TDOKT DREQ0 SDI1 HD7 XWAIT SDI0 HD8 HD6 XAVDIT HD5 HA4 XWRH SDCK HD4 HA5 HA20 SDEF HD3 HA7 HA19 XSHD HD2 HA6 HA21 XSAK HD1 HA3 HA18 XSRQ HA2 HA16 27MAVD HA0 HA17 XRST HA1 HA15 +1.8V 512FSAVD HA14 SPDIF1 HA13 +3.3V BCK XRD XAVDCS2 HA12 LRCK XAVDCS3 HA11 HD12 HA8 HD11 HA9 ACH12 HD10 CDDOUT HD9 CDDATA/EMU1 HD0 CDBCK/EMU0 HD15 HD14 HD13 SDI7 SDI6 HA10 SDI5 TMS DACK0 SDI4 DACK1 CDLRCK/TDOKT SDI3 TCK GND JL401 JL402 10 R430 XX C414 10k R412 10k R426 0.01u B C416 0.01u B C422 0.01u B C423 0.01u B C426 XX C430 0.01u B C431 0.01u B C432 XX C433 XX C434 0.01u B C435 0.01u B C436 0.01u B C429 0.01u B C425 XX C424 XX C421 0.01u B C418 0.01u B C413 0.01u B C412 XX C411 0.01u B C410 XX C409 0.01u B C408 XX R425 0.01u B C428 XX R404 R417 XX JL408 JL409 JL410 JL411 JL412 10k R423 XX C427 0.01u B C415 0.01u B C417 YOUT Y/G CB/R CR/B COUT COMPOUT 0 R402 16V 10u C402 16V 10u C406 50V 1u C404 0.01u B C403 4V 220u C405 16V 10u C401 0 R401 +5V 1200 R414 6800 R413 0.1u B C419 0.1u B C420 1k RV401 ± 0.5% R407 220 ± 0.5% R406 220 ± 0.5% R408 220 ± 0.5% R409 220 ± 0.5% R410 220 ± 0.5% R411 220 DVD4 DVD7 DVD0 DVD2 DVD6 DVD1 DVD5 DVD3 27MCLK 100 R405 0.01u B C407 XFRRST R416 XX R420 XX XX R415 33MAVD XX R429 XX R418 XX R421 JL404 JL403 JL405 JL406 JL413 JL407 JL414 JL415 JL417 JL416 0.01u B C449 FL402 FL403 R436 XX R437 XX R438 XX 0 R439 TK11118CS IC401 1 2 3 4 5 MM1385ENLE IC402 1 2 3 4 5 XX C450 IC403 CXD1935Q 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 44 52 43 51 42 50 41 49 40 48 39 47 38 46 37 45 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 470 R403 ADDT6 ADDT7 ADDT12 ADDT5 ADDT1 ADDT2 ADDT0 ADDT14 ADDT14 ADDT13 ADDT3 ADDT8 ADDT15 ADDT11 ADDT10 ADDT9 DQML DQMU XWE XCAS CLK XRAS CKE XCS2 XCS ADAD11 ADAD9 ADAD10 ADAD8 ADAD0 ADAD7 ADAD6 ADAD1 ADAD2 ADAD5 ADAD3 ADAD4 1 A XFRRST SDI4 SDI5 SDI6 SDI7 SDI0 SDI1 SDI2 SDI3 HD0 HD15 HD14 HD13 HD12 HD11 HD10 HD1 HD9 HD8 HD7 HD6 HD5 HD4 HD3 HD2 HA1 HA2 HA3 HA4 HA5 HA6 HA7 HA8 HA9 HA10 HA11 HA12 HA13 HA14 HA15 HA16 HA17 HA18 HA19 HA20 HA21 HA0 DVD7 DVD6 DVD5 DVD4 DVD3 DVD2 DVD1 DVD0 HA1 HA2 HA3 HA4 HA5 HA6 HA7 HA8 HA9 HA10 HA11 HA12 HA13 HA14 HA15 HA16 HA17 HA18 HA19 HA20 HA21 HD0 HD1 HD2 HD3 HD4 HD5 HD6 HD7 HD8 HD9 HD10 HD11 HD12 HD13 HD14 HD15 SDI0 SDI1 SDI2 SDI3 SDI4 SDI5 SDI6 SDI7 DVD0 DVD1 DVD2 DVD3 DVD4 DVD5 DVD6 DVD7 HA0 SDAD11O CVD07 HAD14I CVD03 SDDQ4 SDDQ1 DT5I DO ACH56O IVALIn HAD18I IOVSS07 DVO4 TDI CVD01 DVSS33 HAD22I SDRASOn COUT SDCS1On IOVDD12 IOVSS01 CVD06 TRST CDBCKI SDAD5O TCK MBIST_EN BF_ID HAD5I DMACK1In IOVDD00 SDDQ0 HAD3I HCPUMDI ICLKI HRWn DT0I HAD7I SDDQM1O SDCS0On YOUT HSYNCOn I2C_DATA SDDQ13 HAD15I DVO1 IOVSS03 ROUT IOVDD09 IOVDD10 DT4I ACH12O BCKO ACH34O ISTARTIn HAD19I SDDQ8 DVDD33 HAD23I AVSS02 HAD8I CDIN1I CVS01 SDDQ10 CVS05 SDAD2O IOVDD05 PAVSS18G IOVSS00 IOVSS10 CVD00 SDAD12O CVD02 HCSn CVS00 IOVSS13 SDDQM0O AVSS00 CVS03 IOVDD04 SDDQ2 IOVSS11 SCLKIN SDAD8O DVO2 NC SDAD0O IOVDD08 AVSS01 LRCKO SDDQ12 IOVDD02 IERRIn CVS07 SDDQ7 VGO IOVDD11 COMPOUT DVO5 CDIN2I DMRQ0On IOVSS05 SDCLKO SDCKEO CVD08 TMS SDCASOn CRPCLKI IREFI HAD11I SDAD9O DT7I IOVSS12 HAD12I RSTn IOVSS08 GOUT DSPACK0 DVO0 SDDQ5 IOVSS09 HAD16I PAVDD18P SDAD10O DVO3 D1CLKO IOVDD06 BOUT IOVDD01 SDDQ3 DT3I HAD20I SDDQ9 HAD9I SDAD4O SDAD1O CVS02 TESTIn IOAVDD00 CLKI SCAN_EN DVO6 CVS08 DMACK0In IOVSS02 HAD1I HWAITOn CVD05 DT2I SDWEOn IOAVSS00 IOVDD03 I2C_CLK ACLK DT6I HAD0I IOVSS06 HAD13I IOVDD13 AVDD01 DSPACK1 SDDQ11 SDDQ14 IREQON HAD17I CVD04 IOVSS04 AVDD02 HAD21I SDDQ6 HAD10I SDAD3O SDAD7O CDLRKI VREFI TDO SCAN_MODE HDATA0 DVO7 HAD4I DMRQ1On IOVDD07 SDDQ15 HAD2I HIRQOn SDAD6O DT1I HAD6I CVS06 AVDD00 FLDO CVS04 TRST TMS TCK TDI TDO VIN NOISE GND CONT VOUT HDATA1 HDATA2 HDATA3 HDATA6 HDATA4 HDATA5 HDATA7 HDATA8 HDATA9 HDATA10 HDATA11 HDATA13 HDATA12 HDATA15 HDATA14 GND NOISE VOUT CONT VIN (2012) (2012) 19 H M 2 3 12 J 17 9 G 11 E C 10 K 14 13 6 B 7 I D 18 F 15 5 L 8 4 16 AV DECODER MB-103 BOARD(4/7) XX MARK:NO MOUNT TO(6/7) 22 15 TO(3/7,6/7, 7/7) 23 TO(6/7) TO(7/7) 24 TO(7/7) 25 19 TO(3/7) 16 TO(3/7) TO(7/7) 26 TO(7/7) 27 NOT USE 28 TO(6/7) 29 TO(7/7) 30 TO(6/7) TO(3/7) 18 32 TO(5/7) TO(5/7) 33 34 TO(5/7) NOT USE TO(6/7) 31 20 TO(3/7) IC403 AD DECODER +1.8V REG IC401 IC402 +3.3V REG B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- 16 3.4 0.8 1.4 0.5 0.6 0.6 1.0 1.0 1.7 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.4 1.2 2.8 2.2 2.3 2.5 1.6 1.7 0 3.4 1.7 1.7 1.7 0 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.1 2.0 3.4 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.7 3.4 1.7 1.7 2.6 3.4 2.6 1.7 1.7 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 1.7 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 2.3 1.6 0 2.5 1.7 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.1 1.5 1.8 3.4 1.0 1.7 1.9 1.4 1.5 1.3 0.5 0.4 1.5 2.0 1.4 3.4 3.4 1.7 3.4 1.7 1.8 3.4 0 0 1.8 0.5 2.2 1.7 2.0 1.8 3.4 1.8 1.4 1.7 1.4 1.4 3.4 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.5 1.8 1.9 1.8 0.1 0.1 3.1 2.7 1.4 3.4 2.5 3.4 2.8 3.4 3.0 1.5 0.1 0.1 0.1 3.4 0.7 1.7 1.7 2.1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 0.1 2.5 0.5 2.5 0.5 0.6 2.5 0.6 0.6 0.5 3.4 2.5 1.0 0.4 0.4 3.4 1.7 3.4 1.7 1.0 0.7 0.9 0.8 1.7 1.4 1.1 1.1 0.8 0 3.4 1.7 2.2 3.4 1.5 3.3 3.3 1.8 4.8 2.5 1.3 4.8 1.3 NO MARK:PB MODE Y PB SIGNAL PATH SIGNAL VIDEO SIGNAL AUDIO Y/CHROMA CHROMA w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-19 4-20 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-7 for printed wiring board. SDRAM MB-103 (5/7) +3.3V GND IC406 XX 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 C447 0.01u C441 0.01u R431 XX 0.01u B C438 C448 XX C444 XX XX C437 C440 XX C445 XX C442 0.01u C443 XX 0.01u B C439 0.01u B C446 FL404 IC405 HY57V16161 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 IC404 HY57V16161 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 ADDT12 ADDT6 ADDT1 ADDT0 ADDT8 ADDT14 ADDT7 ADDT3 ADDT14 ADDT15 ADDT13 ADDT2 ADDT5 ADDT10 ADDT9 ADDT11 XWE CKE ADAD9 ADAD6 ADAD10 DQMU ADAD2 CLK XCAS XCS2 ADAD8 DQML ADAD3 ADAD5 ADAD1 ADAD11 ADAD0 XRAS XCS ADAD4 ADAD7 1 A ADAD6 ADDT2 ADDT6 ADAD6 ADDT14 ADAD11 ADDT2 ADAD2 ADAD1 ADDT11 ADDT3 ADAD0 ADDT1 ADAD3 ADAD5 ADDT8 ADAD5 ADDT12 ADAD0 ADDT10 ADAD9 ADAD7 ADDT12 ADAD2 ADAD4 ADAD3 ADAD4 ADAD10 ADDT5 ADAD1 ADDT7 ADDT6 ADDT9 ADAD8 ADDT4 ADDT5 ADDT13 ADAD11 ADDT15 ADDT15 ADDT3 ADDT7 ADAD7 ADAD10 ADDT0 ADAD8 ADDT1 ADAD9 ADDT14 ADDT8 ADDT4 ADDT13 ADDT10 ADDT0 ADDT9 ADDT11 ADAD3 ADAD2 ADAD1 ADAD0 ADAD10 ADDT7 ADDT6 ADDT5 ADDT4 ADDT3 ADDT2 ADDT1 ADDT0 ADAD4 ADAD5 ADAD6 ADAD7 ADAD8 ADAD9 ADDT8 ADDT9 ADDT10 ADDT11 ADDT12 ADDT13 ADDT14 ADDT15 ADAD11 ADDT0 ADDT15 ADDT1 ADDT14 ADDT2 ADDT13 ADDT3 ADDT12 ADDT14 ADDT11 ADDT5 ADDT10 ADDT6 ADDT9 ADDT7 ADDT8 ADAD11 ADAD9 ADAD10 ADAD8 ADAD0 ADAD7 ADAD1 ADAD6 ADAD2 ADAD5 ADAD3 ADAD4 VCC DQ0 DQ1 VSSQ DQ2 DQ3 VCCQ DQ4 DQ5 VSSQ DQ6 DQ7 VCCQ DQML WE CAS RAS CS A11(BA) A10/AP A0 A1 A2 A3 VCC VSS DQ15 DQ14 VSSQ DQ13 DQ12 VCCQ DQ11 DQ10 VSSQ DQ9 DQ8 VCCQ N.C. DQMU CLK CKE N.C. A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 VSS A1 DQ10 DQ7 A11(BA) VSSQ RAS DQ4 N.C. A0 DQ11 VSSQ DQML VCCQ VCC N.C. VCC CAS A9 VCCQ CKE A10/AP DQ13 A7 DQ6 VSSQ A3 VCCQ A5 WE DQ14 DQ2 DQ9 DQ15 A6 DQ3 VSS VSSQ A2 DQ12 A4 VCCQ A8 DQ0 VSS DQMU CS DQ8 DQ1 DQ5 CLK VDD DQ0 VDDQ DQ1 DQ2 VSSQ DQ3 DQ4 VDDQ DQ5 DQ6 VSSQ DQ7 VDD LDQM WE CAS RAS CS BA0 BA1 A10/AP A0 A1 A2 A3 VDD VSS DQ15 VSSQ DQ14 DQ13 VDDQ DQ12 DQ11 VSSQ DQ10 DQ9 VDDQ DQ8 VSS N.C. UDQM CLK LKE N.C. A11 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 VSS 32 34 33 TO(4/7) TO(4/7) TO(4/7) 16M SDRAM IC404 TO(7/7) 35 -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT MB-103 BOARD(5/7) SDRAM 16 H 2 3 J 9 G E C 10 K 6 B 7 I D F 5 L 8 4 B+ B+ B+ B+ 3.3 2.1 1.7 1.8 1.8 1.9 1.7 1.0 1.9 3.3 3.3 1.9 1.8 1.6 2.1 1.8 1.9 0.1 3.0 1.4 2.6 2.8 1.0 2.4 3.3 0.1 0.1 1.5 0.1 0.7 0.1 1.7 2.1 1.5 1.4 1.5 3.3 3.3 0.1 1.9 3.3 NO MARK:PB MODE 16M SDRAM IC405 3.3 1.7 1.8 1.0 1.7 3.3 1.9 1.9 3.3 1.8 2.1 3.3 0.1 3.0 2.6 2.4 3.0 1.5 0.1 0.1 0.7 1.4 1.5 1.5 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.9 1.9 3.3 1.8 1.0 1.9 1.6 3.3 1.5 0.1 1.4 3.3 0.1 0.1 1.7 2.1 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-21 4-22 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-7 for printed wiring board. • Refer to page 4-4 for waveform. SYSTEM CONTROL MB-103 (6/7) HA15 HA21 R133 0 MBM29DL324BE-90FTN IC106 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 0.01u B C111 0.01u B C129 XWAIT 1k R117 XAVDCS2 XWRH R161 XX XRST 3300 R139 XSDPIT SO1 XX R148 0.01u B C122 XAVDCS3 HA17 0.01u B C102 100k R119 HD12 HA18 JL109 3300 R165 R132 0 XX R155 XX R154 HA12 TRMM HA16 HA4 100 R128 DREQ1 JL108 DACK1 10k R124 XX R102 XX R151 SCL HA19 R145 XX HA11 HD15 MA_MUTE XX R144 3300 R162 X101 16.5MHz 1 2 3 HD2 10k R156 0.01u B C121 XX R143 R169 22k 10k R141 XSDPCS XDACS R164 2200 HA3 HA20 0.01u B C114 C130 XX 4V 100u C109 HD4 100 R111 1k R120 XX R126 XLDON HD7 HD14 XX R142 HA14 10k R123 XARPIT 100 R131 XX R170 XX R152 22k R113 XDRVMUTE +3.3V HD6 XX R122 HD0 HA13 CL101 0.01u B C108 HD1 XX R138 HA8 XX R146 HA7 10k R150 100 R130 HA9 10k R177 0.01u B C118 HA0 DREQ0 HA6 HD11 HD5 XAVDIT 1k R121 XX R125 XARPCS SDA +1.8V XX R153 XX R147 OCSW1 HD3 XRD HD13 XX R149 100 R129 DACK0 R166 2200 IC108 XX 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 35 36 37 38 39 40 11 12 33 34 41 42 43 44 CKSW1 HA10 XWAIT R127 XX HD10 MB91307RPFV-G-BND-E1 IC104 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 XX R172 SC1 HD8 HD9 100k R118 1k R110 3300 R168 3300 R163 HA5 TRMP XX R140 XX R109 100 R112 XX R175 GND HA1 XX R101 10k R178 HA2 BR24C64F-E2 IC101 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 B C120 0.01u WIDE OCSW2 10k R184 XX IC107 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 35 36 37 38 39 40 11 12 33 34 41 42 43 44 JL107 TSENSD TSENSU IPSW RGBSEL DSENS EUROVY EXT/DSEL R107 XX TSENSO JL127 0 R187 XX R188 FL103 FL102 FL106 FL108 XX JL128 100 R103 100 R104 100 R105 RB102 10k 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 6 RB101 XX 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 6 100 R106 FSEL XWRH XRD XIFBUSY XIFCS XFRRST XFRRST SO2 SI2 SI0 SC0 SO0 1 A HA12 HA14 HA10 HD8 HA17 HA5 HA10 HA19 HA1 HD1 HA16 HA11 HA4 HA8 HD4 HD12 HD9 HA9 HA10 HA20 HD10 HA5 HD2 HD3 HD11 HA8 HD15 HD5 HD13 HA12 HA15 SI0 HA21 HD8 HA18 HA6 HD13 HA17 HD10 HD15 HA21 HA1 HD7 HA4 HA5 HA6 HA7 HD7 HD15 HA0 HA6 HA1 HD5 HD14 HD9 HA2 HD12 HA9 HA18 SO0 HD10 HA20 HA4 HA13 HD11 HD13 HA9 HD0 HA2 HD14 HD11 HA7 HD7 HA15 HD3 HD1 HD4 HD6 HA7 HA14 HA3 HD8 HD4 HD0 HA14 HD2 HA12 HA16 HD12 SC0 HA15 HA11 HA3 HA13 HD6 HD6 HA3 HD9 HD3 HD1 HA11 HD5 HD2 HA16 HD14 HD0 HA8 HA13 HA2 HA19 SI2 SO2 SI0 SO0 SC0 XSDPIT XARPIT XAVDIT IPSW RGBSEL TRMP EUROVY EXT/DSEL FSEL HA21 HA20 HA19 HA18 HA17 HA16 HA15 HA14 HA13 HA12 HA11 HA10 HA9 HA8 HA7 HA6 HA5 HA4 HA3 HA2 HA1 HA0 OCSW2 WIDE TRMM XWAIT XDACS HD8 HD9 HD10 HD11 HD12 HD13 HD14 HD15 HD7 HD6 HD5 HD4 HD3 HD2 HD1 HD0 IPSW WIDE RGBSEL EUROVY EXT/DSEL DACK1 DREQ1 DACK0 DREQ0 XAVDIT DREQ0 DACK1 XWAIT XARPIT XSDPIT TSENSO TSENSD TSENSU TSENSO TSENSU TSENSD TRMP OCSW2 TRMM XDACS FSEL XWRH XRD DACK0 DREQ1 SO2 SI2 HA21 HA20 HA9 HA10 HA11 HA12 HA13 HA14 HA15 HA16 HA17 HD15 HD7 HD14 HD11 HD3 HD10 HD2 HD9 HD1 HD8 HD0 HA1 HA2 HA3 HA4 HA5 HA6 HA7 HA8 HA18 HA19 HD4 HD12 HD5 HD13 HD6 XRD XWRH HA8 WE N.C. DREQ0 MD2 HA16 DQ11 DQ15/A-1 A13 A2 VSS CS1X A15 VCC DQ5 DQ13 VSS A3 DQ6 GND A0 BYTE INT3 A4 CS7X DQ14 A6 VCCI CE A16 HA22 48/44.1K HD0 DQ7 VSS HA19 A12 I/O5 HA14 SDA I/O12 EUROVY HA17 SCL A0 AVCC I/O3 GND HA12 A7 A5 HA20 HD2 XFRRST AVSS XDRVMUTE INT6 HD1 A3 SI0 AN0 CS6X XIFCS A4 XWAIT HA3 CPUCK X2 GND A20 HA6 A17 HA1 SC1 X1 HD13 A19 TRM+ MA_MUTE HA0 OE OE VSS EXT/DSEL HD12 XDACS A6 A8 HA11 DQ0 INT0 AVRH HD11 A9 INT7 WP HA15 A10 INT4 VSS TRM- A11 CS2X BGRNTX HD15 NMIX SC0 INT2 A12 A1 MD0 HD14 SO2 A5 HA5 VCC DQ12 INT5 OCSW2 A11 A13 SRAMWE XWRL I/O11 AN1 SO1 INT1 A10 VCC CS0X A18 DQ9 AN2 VSS HA4 RY/BY DQ2 HA9 I/O14 HD8 WP/ACC A14 HD9 DACK1 I/O2 N.C. DACK0 A14 A15 HD4 I/O1 RESET HA7 VCC DSENS OCSW1/TSW2 I/O7 HD5 I/O0 BRQ WE VCCI I/O9 CS3X LB A1 CKSW1/TSW1 HD3 VSS AN3 HA13 I/O10 A2 VCC XARPRST MD1 DREQ1 DQ8 WP A7 SI2 DQ1 CS4X I/O15 XRST A9 DQ4 I/O6 A8 I/O4 RGBSEL HD6 SI1 HD10 A2 SCL CS5X UB HD7 WIDE CS XWRH N.C. N.C. HA18 A0 SDA HA10 I/O8 HA21 VCC A1 XSACS DQ10 SO0 HA2 DQ3 XRD I/O13 VCC D10 BYTE A2 OE D14 N.C. VCC D1 A17 D2 A16 A3 VSS D7 A15 D4 CE A12 A4 D5 A14 D12 HA21 A9 D15/A-1 A0 A11 D8 A5 D9 D13 A6 A13 D11 A8 D3 VSS A1 A10 D0 D6 A18 A7 A19 (2012) (2012) (2012) IC101 EEP ROM IC104 SYSTEM CONTROL FLASH MEMORY IC106 36 TO(7/7) TO(7/7) 37 TO(2/7) 8 TO(3/7,4/7, 7/7) 15 NOT USE TO(2/7) 12 TO(4/7) 28 TO(3/7) 17 TO(7/7) 38 6 TO(1/7) 22 TO(4/7) TO(3/7,4/7) 18 30 TO(4/7) 23 TO(4/7) 21 TO(3/7) B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ 19 H 2 3 12 J 17 9 G 11 E C 10 K 14 13 6 B 7 I D 18 F 15 5 L 8 4 20 16 SYSTEM CONTROL MB-103 BOARD(6/7) -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT 16 TO(7/7) 39 31 TO(4/7) 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 0 3.4 0 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 0 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.0 2.0 3.4 3.4 0 1.6 1.6 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 1.7 3.4 3.4 3.4 1.7 3.4 2.1 0 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 0 0.5 0.8 0.6 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.3 1.8 0.4 1.5 1.4 1.8 1.9 1.3 1.0 1.4 1.6 3.4 1.8 1.6 1.5 2.5 1.2 2.8 2.5 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.8 2.7 2.7 1.1 0.6 0 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.4 3.3 1.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.5 3.3 3.3 2.9 1.3 1.3 1.4 2.0 1.4 0.4 1.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 1 0.3 1.6 1.8 3.3 1.3 1.0 1.6 2.7 2.2 1.9 0.8 1.8 0.5 1.4 2.2 1.3 2.4 2.0 0.5 3.3 2.4 3.3 0.9 3.3 3.3 1.1 3.3 1.3 0.5 2.6 1.4 0.4 1.8 2.6 1.0 2.7 1.7 0.8 1.5 1.2 2.3 1.5 2.4 2.0 1.6 NO MARK:REC/PB MODE w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-23 4-24 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-7 for printed wiring board. • Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms. AUDIO DAC, PLL MB-103 (7/7) LRCK ACH12 BCK SC1 XDACS SO1 XRST SPDIF1 EXT/DSEL RGBSEL MA_MUTE CR/B EUROVY CB/R Y/G YOUT COUT COMPOUT WIDE JL609 JL618 JL613 JL603 100 R601 JL602 JL615 JL601 JL614 JL604 JL619 16V 10u C603 JL605 CXD9627N-E IC601 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 JL617 JL610 JL611 JL606 JL607 C601 XX JL616 0.22u B C602 JL621 JL612 JL608 0.01u B C604 JL620 R613 XX R614 XX IPSW R619 XX PR_CB/R PR_CR/B PR_Y/G PR_Y PR_C PR_V R621 XX CN601 25P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 R623 XX JL622 JL623 0uH FB603 0uH FB602 0 R609 0 R607 0 R608 0 R612 FB108 0uH SM8707EV-E2 IC103 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 100u C126 6.3V 4V 47u C125 FB107 0uH JL115 22 R116 FL105 0 R160 FB111 0uH 16V C127 47u 0 R157 JL110 XX R135 +1.8V 100 R180 XX C101 JL118 XX C113 JL132 JL103 0.01u B C104 IC102 XX 1 2 3 4 5 FB105 0uH M_GND JL131 XX C117 JL113 JL120 JL133 JL121 JL101 FB104 0uH 9P C107 22 R134 4V 220u C128 FL104 JL111 JL105 0 R181 XX R179 JL134 FB109 0uH 22 R136 JL117 JL116 4V 100u C103 9P C106 512FSAVD FL110 22 R137 JL112 JL102 JL135 JL130 33MARP XX C116 0.01u B C105 0 R114 FB103 0uH 0 R176 JL104 0.01u B C110 +5V XX C124 XX R186 JL119 33MAVD 6P CN102 1 2 3 4 5 6 FL109 X102 27MHz FB106 0uH XX R158 2.2 R108 XX C119 27MAVD JL114 JL122 100 R183 CN101 9P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 +11V 0 R159 10uH L101 FL101 100 R182 JL106 XX C112 6P CN103 1 2 3 4 5 6 1k R185 RFMON JL123 JL124 JL125 JL126 JL129 FSEL XIFBUSY SI2 SI0 SC0 XIFCS XFRRST SO0 SO2 +1.8V +3.3V GND +3.3V GND GND +3.3V +1.8V GND +3.3V +5V GND +3.3V +5V +5V +3.3V GND 1 A SO0 SC0 SI0 SO2 SI0 SI2 SC0 SO0 SO2 SI2 MCLK BICK SDTI LRCK PDN CSN CCLK CDTI DZFL DZFR VDD VSS AOUTL+ AOUTL- AOUTR+ AOUTR- Cr/B WIDE Cb/R D_GND Y/G D_GND Y D_GND C DSEL V ISPW D_GND RGBSEL ALT- SPDIF ALT+ P_GND_SPDIF P_GND_AUDIO RMUTE ART+ LMUTE ART- MAMUTE AU+5V NOT USE +5V N.C. VSS GND 33-1OUT XIFBUSY VOUT VSS SO0 VIN SI0 SC0 NOISE XTI FSEL 3.3V_MNT GND VDD GND XIFCS 512-2OUT XFRRST CONT 33-2OUT +3.3V 27-2OUT XTO M_GND VSS VDD 27-1OUT +1.8V +11V VDD GND 512-1OUT +3.3V TXD GND RXD RF MON GND 16 36 TO(6/7) 35 TO(5/7) TO(4/7) 26 13 TO(3/7) 7 TO(2/7) 1 TO(1/7) 2 TO(1/7) TO(6/7) 39 TO(2/7) 10 25 TO(4/7) TO(3/7,4/7, 6/7) 15 TO(6/7) 37 TO(3/7) 14 TO(4/7) 24 29 TO(4/7) TO(4/7) 27 38 TO(6/7) B TO B TO AV-63 BOARD(1/2) CN203 (SEE PAGE 4-27) FOR CHECK (SEE PAGE 4-34) TO IF-92 BOARD CN404 (SEE PAGE 4-33) TO IF-92 BOARD (CN403) (MF-129 HARNESS) IC601 AUDIO D/A CONVERTER IC103 PLL B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B TO B XX MARK:NO MOUNT -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- AUDIO DAC,PLL MB-103 BOARD(7/7) H 2 3 12 J 9 G 11 E C 10 14 13 6 B 7 I D F 5 8 4 1.6 1.7 1.7 0 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 4.9 5.0 5.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3.2 1.7 3.2 1.4 1.4 1.6 3.3 1.6 3.2 1.6 1.6 4 2 3 CHROMA SIGNAL PB AUDIO SIGNAL PATH VIDEO SIGNAL Y Y/CHROMA NO MARK:PB MODE B+ w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-25 4-26 AUDIO OUT, VIDEO OUT AV-063 AV-063 (AUDIO OUT, VIDEO OUT) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder. AV-063 BOARD For printed wiring board There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model. 5 4 3 2 1 Y C 1 3 3 1 1/2 POWER BLOCK (SWITCHING REGULATOR) IF-092 (INTERFACE CONTROL) MS-081 (LOADING) MC-139 (MIC AMP) MB-103 (SIGNAL PROCESS, SERVO) AV-063 (AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) CN103 F-15 CN202 C-14 CN203 A-6 CN204 B-8 D001 E-16 D002 D-16 D003 D-15 D101 E-9 D102 D-9 D103 D-11 D104 E-11 D201 B-2 D202 B-2 D203 B-3 D205 A-14 IC101 D-14 IC102 C-9 IC105 C-12 IC201 C-6 IC202 C-4 IC203 B-4 IC204 E-4 Q104 D-12 Q105 D-12 Q106 B-7 Q107 B-7 Q201 B-13 Q202 C-2 Q203 A-13 Q204 C-2 Q205 C-2 Q206 A-2 Q207 E-6 Q208 E-7 Q209 A-3 Q211 D-3 Q216 B-14 Q217 E-5 S101 E-13 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-27 4-28 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-25 for printed wiring board. AUDIO OUT AV-063 (1/2) JL222 JL204 CR/B 2SB710A-RTX Q201 IC203 NJM78L05UA-TE1 OUT 1 GND 2 IN 3 D_GND 10k R285 R231 47k 16V 47u C224 Y/G 5600 R216 470 R220 16V 47u C230 XX C219 WIDE XX C241 10k R221 470 R284 560p C202 IPSW 100k R218 16V 47u C244 5P CN204 1 2 3 4 5 UN2213-TX Q202 V DSEL 4700 R236 XX R247 C AU+11V JL237 10k R237 2200 R208 Y 7P CN202 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 JL239 JL208 470 R226 JL230 JL229 CN203 25P DTC124TKA-T146 Q204 JL232 BA4558F-E2 IC202 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 JL217 5600 R211 ± 0.5% JL233 0.01u B C226 2SB709A-QRS-TX Q205 JL234 10k R232 XX R246 JL235 0 R280 C212 100p 16V 47u C211 JL236 XX R281 10k R214 0.01u B C223 JL238 0 R282 2200 R210 XX C243 XX R283 100p C213 C232 220p 470 R243 XX R250 330u 6.3V C242 10k R215 J201 220k R219 100k R238 ET202 16V 47u C227 R202 XX XX C240 0.01u B C214 4700 R234 JL203 2SC2712-YG-TE85L Q203 2SB709A-QRS-TX Q216 10k R217 1R CB/R 1SS355TE-17 D205 10k R223 4700 R213 JL226 JL228 JL205 JL207 JL210 JL211 JL212 JL213 JL214 JL215 JL216 10k R252 SW-13V AI+5V 0 R279 D_GND 16V 47u C210 2SD1938(F)-ST(TX).SO Q208 2L JL225 5600 R205 ± 0.5% 180p C203 XX C217 XX R245 P_GND 470 R227 XX C221 2200 R209 10k R224 50V 1u C209 180p C205 2200 R207 470 R242 180p C206 XX R244 0.01u B C222 220p C216 XX C220 4700 R235 220p C215 2R 47k R230 BA4558F-E2 IC201 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 XX R203 ± 0.5% 10k R228 R201 XX 180p C204 XX C218 470 R241 47k R225 47k R229 5600 R212 ± 0.5% 2SD1938(F)-ST(TX).SO Q207 16V 47u C228 1L JL202 5600 R206 ± 0.5% TOTX178 IC204 D IN 1 VCC 2 GND 3 10k R222 JL201 560p C201 2SC2712-YG-TE85L Q211 470 R240 68 R251 0.01u B C208 1k R253 0.01u B C207 1k R256 XX R204 ± 0.5% 220 R249 16V 220u C231 1k R254 16V 47u C229 XX C225 XX R248 VMUTE JL221 JL224 JL223 R233 10k C233 XX XX C234 R239 ± 0.5% 4700 R255 ± 0.5% 4700 4700 R258 ± 0.5% 4700 R257 ± 0.5% 10k R262 10k R263 10k R261 10k R260 2SB710A-RTX Q206 R259 XX 2SC2712-YG-TE85L Q209 1SS355TE-17 D203 2SD1938(F)-ST(TX).SO Q217 DAP202K-T-146 D202 1 2 3 DAN202K-T-146 D201 1 2 3 JL206 1 A GND A_MUTE AI+5V EVER+3.3V VMUTE AU+5V RGBSEL LMUTE Y RMUTE WIDE C CB/R SPDIF ART+ V P_GND_AUDIO MAMUTE P_GND_SPDIF CR/B ART- ALT+ ALT- DSEL GND -11V +11V MIC MIC+ECHO AU+11V SW-13V D_GND IPSW D_GND D_GND D_GND Y/G 1 25 2 3 5 4 6 10 12 8 7 11 9 16 18 23 14 22 19 13 20 17 15 21 24 B+ OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT IC204 BUFFER TO(2/2) 1 TO MB-103 BOARD(7/7) CN601 COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT +5V REG IC203 B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B- B- B+ B+ B+ B- B+ B+ B- AUDIO AMP IC201 MUTE DRIVE MUTE DRIVE MUTE DRIVE MUTE DRIVE MUTE DRIVE AUDIO AMP IC202 RCH MUTE LCH MUTE MUTE DRIVE TO(2/2) 2 TO MC-139 BOARD CN501 (AM-130 HARNESS) 3 TO(2/2) TO IF-92 BOARD CN402 (AF-122 HARNESS) SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH 2 G 5 E 17 13 3 F 4 J 16 C 18 9 12 D 15 I B 8 11 14 H 7 6 10 AUDIO OUT AV-63 BOARD(1/2) -REF.NO.:2000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT 16 AUDIO SIGNAL PATH Y SIGNAL PB VIDEO SIGNAL Y/CHROMA REC CHROMA (SEE PAGE 4-24) B+ (SEE PAGE 4-37) (SEE PAGE 4-33) 11.3 1.4 1.4 0 -10.8 1.4 1.4 0 0 0 0 0 11.3 -10.8 0.8 0 0.8 0 0.8 R 10.6 10.6 9.9 0 6.4 6.4 0.6 11.4 11.3 10.6 -11.4 -10.9 -11.5 -11.5 -12.9 -12.2 0 0.7 0.7 0.2 5.0 11.3 5.0 2.5 1.8 1.7 5.0 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-29 4-30 VIDEO OUT AV-063 (2/2) For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-25 for printed wiring board. • Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms. 16V 47u C113 R151 XX XX R172 XX R140 CB/R R149 XX XX D101 R147 XX JL127 S101 XX R144 XX J104 P_GND XX R122 R143 XX DSEL XX R123 XX R120 XX R173 R142 XX JL119 HZM6.8ZWA1TL D103 68 R127 XX R159 47u C110 16V R139 XX UN2111-TX Q105 R170 XX XX R150 Y/G XX R136 XX Q107 XX C123 68 R131 WIDE R137 XX JL116 IC102 LA73050-TLM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 21 20 XX R158 XX C122 VMUTE SW-13V 1 7 8 14 CN103 XX Y 1 GND 2 Cb 3 GND 4 Cr 5 GND 6 N.C. 7 LINE1 8 LINE2 9 N.C. 10 LINE3 11 SW_GND 12 N.C. 13 SW 14 XX R169 Y AI+5V 1R XX R115 68 R130 HZM6.8ZWA1TL D102 2R JL124 UN2213-TX Q104 1L 10k R129 16V 47u C102 XX C127 JL129 XX R171 JL123 2L XX IC105 1 2 3 0.047u B C109 XX Q106 JL122 IC101 NJM79M05DL1A(TE2) GND 1 IN 2 OUT 3 XX C116 JL117 XX R157 68 R126 68 R134 C XX C117 16V 47u C126 AU+11V XX R146 JL126 JL120 V 100uH L101 220p C103 JL128 0 R162 XX R125 JL125 D_GND XX R148 IPSW CR/B JL130 XX D001 68 R133 ET101 XX C128 XX D002 XX C124 0.1u B C112 XX R152 47u C111 16V J101 XX C125 0.01u B C101 3300 R121 XX D104 XX D003 0.1u B C114 XX R124 68 R128 D_GND Y C G G J103 1 A VIDEO_IN DCCNT1 GND C_IN MUTE1 Y_IN N.C.(DCCNT2) N.C.(GND) Y_IN(NC) DCCNT2 GND Cb_IN MUTE2 Cr_IN +5V VIDEO_OUT GND C_OUT N.C. Y_OUT -5V N.C. +5V(NC) Y_OUT GND Cb_OUT Cr_OUT -5V N.C. -5V N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C. -5V OUT GND IN B+ B- B+ B- B+ B+ B- B- -5V REG IC101 WIDE SWITCH WIDE SWITCH VIDEO BUFFER IC102 TO(1/2) 1 3 TO(1/2) AUDIO2 VIDEO1 AUDIO1 R R AUDIO1 L LINE OUT VIDEO2 AUDIO2 L TO(1/2) 2 S VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT B R C C Y 2 G 5 E 13 3 F 4 C 9 12 D I B 8 11 H 7 6 10 AV-63 BOARD(2/2) XX MARK:NO MOUNT VIDEO OUT -REF.NO.:2000 SERIES- 16 VIDEO SIGNAL AUDIO SIGNAL PATH Y CHROMA REC Y/CHROMA SIGNAL PB 4.6 0.6 -5.0 0.2 0.2 0.6 -5.0 -5.0 0.2 4.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 3.4 0.6 1.1 3.4 0.6 0.5 1.1 -5.0 5 4 3 2 1 4.6 0 0 4.6 -12.9 -5.0 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-31 IF-092 (IF COM) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder. IF COM IF-092 4-32 IF-092 BOARD CN401 D-13 CN402 E-12 CN403 C-7 CN404 B-3 CN405 B-3 CN406 B-2 D403 A-11 D404 A-11 D405 A-11 D406 A-11 D412 A-11 D413 A-13 IC403 E-10 IC404 B-9 IC405 D-10 IC406 A-12 Q401 B-11 Q402 B-12 For printed wiring board There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model. 62 1 1 2 2 3 POWER BLOCK (SWITCHING REGULATOR) IF-092 (INTERFACE CONTROL) MS-081 (LOADING) MC-139 (MIC AMP) MB-103 (SIGNAL PROCESS, SERVO) AV-063 (AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) Q403 D-10 Q404 C-13 Q405 C-12 S401 A-1 S402 A-1 S403 A-1 S404 A-2 S405 A-4 S406 A-3 S407 A-5 S408 A-4 S409 A-5 S410 A-13 S411 A-13 S412 A-5 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-34 IF COM IF-092 4-33 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-4 for waveform. MA113-(TX) D403 0.1u B C431 47uH L401 MA113-(TX) D405 2SC5053T100Q Q402 2SC5053T100Q Q401 0.1u B C422 50V 47u C425 MA113-(TX) D404 MA113-(TX) D406 TMP86CK74AF-1620 IC404 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 100 R481 100 R485 100 R484 100 R483 100 R482 2700 R421 10k R433 8200 R422 10k R434 22k R423 3900 R431 10k R435 8200 R428 33 R424 0.01u B C420 100 R425 X401 10k R450 0.001u B C421 100 R444 100k R446 16V 100u C411 10k R471 XX R472 JL408 JL410 JL409 JL407 JL405 JL404 JL403 JL402 JL401 3900 R427 2700 R430 120 R437 10k R440 XX R401 BZ401 XX MA8068-L-TX D412 0.01u B C409 0.01u B C412 XX R410 S-80830ANUP-EDT-T2 IC405 1 2 3 R454 10k R455 XX XX R470 10k R473 10k R448 10k R449 XX C408 XX C424 XX C415 XX C405 XX C406 XX ET401 XX ET402 XX ET403 PS401 1.0A XX C433 XX C434 0.01u B C432 0.01u B C427 JL418 JL417 JL424 JL425 JL427 JL426 JL428 JL429 JL430 0.01u B C407 0.01u B C414 0.01u B C416 0.01u B C401 JL421 JL419 JL422 JL423 JL420 JL411 JL412 JL413 JL415 JL414 JL416 FB401 0uH 10P CN405 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 JL432 JL431 25V 220u C419 2700 R414 0.01u B C437 JL406 7P CN402 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 UN2111-TX Q405 1800 R415 2SD1766-T100-QR Q404 10k R418 1800 R416 27k R490 XX Q403 GP1UD28SYK IC406 1 2 3 0.01u B C440 25V 47u C441 47 R496 100k R497 XX R498 XX R499 XX R488 100k R489 XX D413 JL433 JL434 JL435 CN403 6P 1 +1.8V 2 +5V 3 GND 4 SW +3.3V 5 +11V 6 M_GND 3900 R417 5P CN406 1 GND 2 EVER +3.3 3 CURSOR 4 N.C. 5 N.C. JL436 JL437 ND401 F1 1 F1 2 G1 5 G2 6 G3 7 G4 8 G5 9 G6 10 G7 11 G8 12 G9 13 G10 14 G11 15 G12 16 G13 17 P18 41 P17 42 P16 43 P15 44 P14 45 P13 46 P12 47 P11 48 P10 49 P9 50 P8 51 P7 52 P6 53 P5 54 P4 55 P3 56 P2 57 P1 58 F2 61 F2 62 3900 R426 JL452 JL451 JL450 JL449 JL448 JL447 JL443 JL442 JL441 JL440 JL439 JL438 JL453 JL445 JL446 JL444 JL454 JL455 JL456 JL457 JL458 JL459 JL460 JL461 JL462 JL463 JL464 JL465 JL466 JL467 JL468 JL469 JL470 JL471 JL472 JL473 JL474 JL475 JL476 JL477 JL478 JL479 JL480 JL481 JL482 JL483 JL484 LMS8117ADTX-1.8/NOPB IC403 1 GND 2 VOUT 3 VIN XX C423 25V 22u C426 S401 S402 S403 S404 S405 S406 S407 S408 S409 S410 S411 S412 T401 D-D CONVERTER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 25V 22u C428 0.01u C417 PS402 0.7A 25V 100u C429 CN404 9P SOO 1 GND 2 SCO 3 SIO 4 XIFBUSY 5 XIFCS 6 3.3V_MNT 7 XFRRST 8 GND 9 13P CN401 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 R474 100 1 A DIG12 DIG11 DIG10 DIG9 DIG8 DIG7 DIG6 DIG5 DIG4 DIG3 DIG2 SEG18 SEG17 SEG16 SEG15 SEG14 SEG13 SEG12 SEG11 SEG10 SEG9 SEG8 SEG7 SEG6 SEG5 SEG4 SEG3 SEG2 SEG1 DIG1 DIG13 DIG1 DIG2 DIG3 DIG4 DIG5 DIG6 DIG7 DIG8 DIG9 DIG10 DIG11 DIG12 SEG18 SEG17 SEG16 SEG15 SEG14 SEG13 SEG12 SEG11 SEG10 SEG9 SEG8 SEG7 SEG6 SEG5 SEG4 SEG3 SEG2 SEG1 DIG13 (OPEN/CLOSE) VCC GND VOUT XIFCS SC0 SOO SIO XIFBUSY XFRRST 3.3V_MNT GND IFRST P-CONT POWER D_GND D_GND SW+3.3V EVER+3.3V +5V +11V(AUDIO) DISPLAY (RETURN) (TITLE) (NEXT) (STOP) (PREV) (PAUSE) PCONT DIG1 DIG2 DIG3 DIG4 DIG5 DIG6 DIG7 DIG8 DIG9 DIG10 DIG11 DIG12 SEG16 SEG15 SEG14 SEG13 SEG12 SEG11 SEG10 SEG9 SEG8 SEG7 SEG6 SEG5 SEG4 SEG3 SEG2 SEG1 SEG17 DIG13 N.C. POWER DISPLAY PLAY CURSOR AN6 AVSS O/C PONCHK VREF VKK N.c. SEL1 SEL0 PCONT STATUS BUSY VSS XIN XOUT VDD /FRRST IR /RST N.C. SELF_CHECK /STOP SO SI /SC N.C. /CS N.C. /VMUTE N.C. BUZ N.C. N.C. SEL2 TEST /AMUTE PROG N.C. VCC N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C. M_GND M_GND SW+11V SW+11V EVER-13V (DVD MENU) PICTURE MODE V_MUTE A_MUTE EVER+3.3V GND AU+11V AI+5V SW-13V SEG18 SURROUND TO AV-63 BOARD(1/2) CN202 (AF-122 HARNESS) TO MB-103 BOARD(7/7) CN102 (MF-129 HARNESS) B+ B+ B+ B- B+ B+ B+ B+ +1.8V REG IC403 SWITCH SWITCH B- B+ B+ B- B+ B+ B+ B+ TO SWITCHING REGURATOR CN201(PF-129 HARNESS) DC/DC CONVERTER DC/DC CONVERTER IC406 REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER IC405 RESET B+ B TO B TO MB-103 BOARD(7/7) CN101 FOR CHECK FLUORESCENT INDICATOR TUBE (PLAY) B+ PUSH ENTER CURSOR 2 G K 5 E M 17 13 3 F 4 J L 16 C 18 9 12 D 15 I B 8 11 14 H 7 6 10 IF COM IF-92 BOARD -REF.NO.:3000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT 16 (SEE PAGE 4-28) (SEE PAGE 4-24) (SEE PAGE 4-44,46) IC404 IF CON (SEE PAGE 4-24) 1.8 3.4 -15.5 -23.8 -29.6 -21.0 -15.5 -32.4 -32.4 -29.6 -21.0 -26.8 -26.9 -26.9 -21.4 -12.8 -32.5 -32.4 -32.4 -18.5 0.4 3.5 -30.0 -30.0 -30.0 -30.0 -30.0 -30.0 -30.0 -30.0 -30.0 -30.0 -30.0 -30.0 -30.0 3.4 3.2 -12.9 -12.9 -12.2 1.4 1.6 0 3.5 0 3.3 3.5 0 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.0 1.5 3.3 3.3 3.4 1 3.4 3.5 3.5 3.5 -32.8 3.5 3.5 3.5 2.6 3.5 0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 -0.1 -13.2 -12.9 -13.2 -0.1 2 2 3 Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-35 MC-139 (MIC AMP) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder. MIC AMP MC-139 4-36 MC-139 BOARD CN501 A-4 D501 E-1 D502 E-1 IC501 E-3 IC502 C-2 IC503 C-4 IC504 A-2 Q501 A-5 Q502 A-4 RV501 F-5 RV502 F-3 For printed wiring board There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model. 3 1 POWER BLOCK (SWITCHING REGULATOR) IF-092 (INTERFACE CONTROL) MS-081 (LOADING) MC-139 (MIC AMP) MB-103 (SIGNAL PROCESS, SERVO) AV-063 (AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-38 MIC AMP MC-139 4-37 C511 0.001u 3900 R514 10k R512 B C518 0.01u 10k R515 BA4558F-E2 IC501 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RV501 B C512 0.01u XX C517 50V 2.2u C504 330p C507 4700p B C502 UDZSTE-178.2B D501 0 R502 100uH L501 0.01u B C514 XX C509 50V 2.2u C510 0.01u B C503 100 R511 100k R507 0.01u C508 B NJM4556AM-TE2 IC502 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0.01u C515 B 0 R504 1k R508 10k R510 33k R509 0 R501 J501 0.001u C505 0 R503 MA153-TX D502 100k R506 0.001u C501 M65850FP-E1 IC503 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 100k R523 22k R521 22k R522 22k R525 22k R526 27k R524 0.1u B C532 0.22u B C536 0.22u B C535 0.068u B C530 2200p B C531 0.056u B C527 6800p B C525 0.001u B C528 JS501 0 R527 6800p B C537 50V 22u C538 16V 47u C526 0.068u B C529 22k R520 50V 22u C524 16V 47u C533 0.1u B C534 0.01u B C521 0.01u B C522 16V 47u C520 16V 47u C523 RV502 10k R519 0.001u C516 3900 R518 100p C519 10k R516 10k R517 100 R505 XX R513 0.01u B C513 DTC124TKA-T146 Q501 2SB709A-QRS-TX Q502 10k R528 10k R529 10k R530 47k R531 NJM78L05UA-TE1 IC504 1 2 3 5P CN501 1 GND 2 -11V 3 +11V 4 MIC 5 MIC+ECH0 JL501 JL502 JL503 JL504 JL505 JL506 JL507 JL508 JL509 JL510 JL511 JL512 JL513 JL514 JL516 JL517 JL518 JL515 JL519 JL520 50V 1u C539 22k R532 R533 330k 50V 4.7u C506 1 A N.C. LPF1 IN LPF1 OUT OP1 OUT OP1 IN CC1 CC2 GND N.C. VCC CLOCK REF OP2 IN OP2 OUT LPF2 IN LPF2 OUT IN GND OUT ECHO LEVEL MIC LEVEL B+ B- B- B+ B+ MIC MIC AMP IC502 MIC AMP IC501 ECHO IC503 IC504 +5V REG MUTE DRIVE MUTE DRIVE TO AV-63 BOARD(1/2) CN204 (AM-130 HARNESS) SIGNAL AUDIO REC SIGNAL PATH PB MIC AMP XX MARK:NO MOUNT MC-139 BOARD -REF.NO.:4000 SERIES- 2 G 5 E 3 F 4 C 9 D B 8 11 H 7 6 10 16 (SEE PAGE 4-28) 0 0 11.3 0 -10.8 0 0 11.3 0 0 0 -10.8 0 0 0 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 0.9 5.1 0.3 0.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 11.3 5.1 5.1 4.4 5.0 3.2 0 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 ETXNY381N2F (SWITCHING REGULATOR) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder. 4-39 4-40 SWITCHING REGULATOR POWER BLOCK (ETXNY381N2F) 1-468-646- 11 POWER BOARD (SW REG) (ETXNY381N2F) (E: HK,SP) POWER BLOCK (SWITCHING REGULATOR) IF-092 (INTERFACE CONTROL) MS-081 (LOADING) MC-139 (MIC AMP) MB-103 (SIGNAL PROCESS, SERVO) AV-063 (AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 HS11S1U/HS11S1F (SWITCHING REGULATOR) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder. 4-41 4-42 SWITCHING REGULATOR POWER BLOCK (HS11S1U/HS11S1F) POWER BLOCK (SWITCHING REGULATOR) IF-092 (INTERFACE CONTROL) MS-081 (LOADING) MC-139 (MIC AMP) MB-103 (SIGNAL PROCESS, SERVO) AV-063 (AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) POWER BOARD (SW REG) (HS11S1U)(E:TW) 1-468-645- 11 POWER BOARD (SW REG) (HS11S1F)(BR) 1-468-647- 11 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-43 4-44 SWITCHING REGULATOR POWER BLOCK (ETXNY381N2F) F101 2A/250V C101 0.047u 250V C104 0.047u 250V L101 43mH L102 43mH C103 330p C102 330p D104 PLIN4005 D105 PLIN4005 D106 PLIN4005 D107 PLIN4005 C105 33u 400V IC101 MIP2E3 C107 0.47u 50V C108 47u 25V R103 100 ZD101 RD12 R104 15 PC101 0N3171 C110 1u 50V D102 11EFS2 R105 D103 ST03D200 C111 L103 C109 1u 50V F203 2.5A D204 ERA91-02 C208 1000u 10V D203 21D004 L203 R205 2.43k IC202 AN1431T R223 6.89k C209 1u 50V R203 C203 680u 10V R204 2.87k PC101 0N3171 R202 2.2k R201 100 D202 21D004 C214 470p 250V R222 10 L202 6.8uH C201 100u 25V D201 ERA91-02 L205 T101 POWER TRANSFORMER ZD201 1ZB33 F201 1.6A C210 R209 330 IC201 AN1431T F202 1.6A C301 330u 35V C302 330P 250V R304 10 D301 PN2Z L201 47uH R301 10k R302 330 Q301 2SB1592 B+ SWITCH R303 1.5k C202 Q203 2SD965 B+ SWITCH R213 10K R214 150 R221 68 C204 470u 10V Q202 2SD965 B+ SWITCH R210 10 C205 0.01u 50V R211 732 C206 22u 50V R212 1.8k L206 3.3uH C215 100u 10V C212 330u 25V L204 Q205 2SC3311A POWER CONT R219 4.7k R218 4.7K C211 47u 25V PD202 SLR342MC R220 120 Q204 2SD965 B+ SWITCH D205 RL1N4005 R215 270 R216 10k R224 47 C207 220u 10V R217 1.8k PD201 SLR42VC R206 390 L301 SW201 POWER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 POWER P-CONT EVER-13V MGND MGND SW+11V SW+11V SW+3.3V GND GND EVER+3.3V SW+5V EVER+11V CN201 13P SHUNT REG IC201,202 DC CONTROL IC100 AC IN CN101 SWITCHING REGULATOR (ETXNY381N2F) (E: HK,SP) 0 TO IF-92 BOARD CN401 (SEE PAGE 4-33) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-39 for printed wiring board. w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 4-45 4-46 Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-41 for printed wiring board. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 POWER P-CONT EVER-13V MGND MGND SW+11V SW+11V SW+3.3V GND GND EVER+3.3V SW+5V EVER+11V CN201 13P SW201 POWER R213 680 C314 22u 50V R711 1.8k Q712 DTC143ESA C711 47u 35V R311 1k R622 120 D622 SLR-343MC Q621 DTC143ESA Q611 2SC2655 R621 390 Q311 2SD1768S R613 220 R313 270 IC411 XC6201P352TH C413 47u 35V C313 47u 35V C613 47u 35V C513 47u 35V D621 SLR-343VC C511 100u 35V L511 100uH P511 1.5A/125V R304 1.2k R305 300(270-360) R306 1.6k D511 D1NL20U:HS11S1F D2L20U:HS11S1U R301 68 R303 2.2k C301 1u 50V IC301 AN1431T PC101B TLP421F C302 10u 50V 13 11 12 10 9 8 1 2 3 5 6 D110 D1NL20U R110 10 C111 10u 50V PC101A TLP421F R113 100 C112 47u 35V D103 0.8W 33V C117 1u 50V IC101 M1P2E4 L110 45 C151 100p:HS11S1F 150p:HS11S1U 2kV C110 120u 200V L150 (SHORT) D S C Z150 ST02D-170 T101 POWER TRANSFORMER D211 D2L20U D213 D1NS4/6 D221 D1NL20U D312 D1N60 D311 D1NS4 D611 D1NS4 P611 2.0A/125V C221 100u35V L311 39uH L611 10uH C311 150u 35V C611 330u 35V P311 1A/125V C223 47u 35V C213 47u 35V L221 100uH C211 150u 35V L211 10u R212 47k Q211 2SJ525 D313 1SS270A R211 1.5k FG201 TPOO370-41 C107 680p:HS11S1F 1000p:HS11S1U 250V D104 S1WBA60 L102 18mH C102 (OPEN) C104 100p 250V L101 18mH C103 100p 250V FG101 TP00370-41 R101 1M R102 1M F101 2A/250V C101 0.22u 250V CN101 2P 1 2 D212 0.8W 33V HS11S1F HS11S1F I O G SWITCHING REGULATOR (HS11S1U) (HS11S1F) (E: TW) (BR) TO IF-092 BOARD CN401 (SEE PAGE 4-33) SWITCHING REGULATOR POWER BLOCK (HS11S1U/HS11S1F) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 4-48E MEMO w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 5-1 DVP-K370 SECTION 5 IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 5-1. SYSTEM CONTROL PIN FUNCTION (MB-103 BOARD IC104: MB91307RPFV-G-BND-E1) Pin No. 1-5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 Pin Name HA17-HA21 HA22 WP XSACS AVCC AVRH AVSS AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3 INT0 INT1 INT2 INT3 INT4 INT5 INT6 INT7 VCC SI0 SO0 SC0 SI1 SO1 SC1 SI2 SO2 DSENS VSS XRST XARPRST RGBSEL SDA SCL TRM + EUROV/Y EXT/DSEL MD0 MD1 MD2 DREQ0 DACK0 XDRVMUTE DREQ1 DACK1 XIFCS VSS X1 X0 I/O O – O – – – – I I I I I I I – I – – – – I O O – O O I O – – O O – I/O O – – – I I I I O O I O O – O I Function Address bus A17 to A21 Not used I2C EEPROM write protect output Not used Power supply (+3.3 V) Reference power supply (+3.3 V) GND Set of mode 0 Set of mode 1 Set of mode 2 Set of mode 3 (fixed at “H”) AV DEC Interrupt input ARP Interrupt input SDSP Interrupt input Not used IF CON interrupt input Not used Not used Not used Power supply (+3.3 V) Serial bus 0 (data input) Serial bus 0 (data output) Serial bus 0 (clock output) Not used Serial bus 1 (data output) Serial bus 1 (clock output) Serial bus 2 (data input) Serial bus 2 (data output) Not used GND System reset signal output WIDE select signal output Not used I2C data input/output I2C clock output Not used Not used Not used Input of mode select 0 (fixed at “H”) Input of mode select 1 (fixed at “L”) Input of mode select 2 (fixed at “L”) AV DEC DMA-REQ 0 input AV DEC DMA-ACK 0 output Drive mute signal output AV DEC DMA-REQ 1 input AV DEC DMA-ACK 1 output IF CON chip select signal output GND Clock output (16.5 MHz) Clock input (16.5 MHz) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 5-2E Pin No. 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85-92 93-100 101 102-109 110 111-118 119 120 Pin Name VCC CKSW1 OCSW1 CS0X CS1X CS2X CS3X CS4X CS5X VCCI CS6X CX7X XWAIT BGRNTX BRQ XRD XWRH XWRL NMIX VCCI VSS XFRRST CPUCK OCSW2 XDACS TRM – 48/44.1K WIDE MAMUTE SRAMWE HD0-HD7 HD8-HD15 VSS HA0-HA7 VCC HA8-HA15 VSS HA16 I/O – I I O – O O O O – – – I I I O O – I – – I O – O – O O O – I/O I/O – O – O – O Function Power supply (+3.3 V) Chuck sensor input Tray sensor input Chip select signal output (for external ROM) Not used AV DEC chip select signal output AV DEC chip select signal output ARP chip select signal output SDSP chip select signal output Power supply (+1.8 V) Not used Not used Wait signal input Test terminal (fixed at “H”) Test terminal (fixed at “L”) Read enable signal output High order byte write enable signal output Not used Not used (Fixed at “H”) Power supply (+1.8 V) GND IF CON reset signal input CPU clock signal output Not used DAC (2 CH) chip select signal output Not used PLL FS control signal output LD mute signal output Audio mute signal output Not used Data bus D0 to D7 (16 bits only) Data bus D8 to D15 (16 bits) and D0 - D7 (8 bits) GND Address bus A00 to A07 Power supply (+3.3 V) Address bus A08 to A15 GND Address bus A16 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-1 DVP-K370 SECTION 6 TEST MODE 6-1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Test Mode allows you to make diagnosis and adjustment eas- ily using the remote commander and monitor TV. The instructions, diagnostic results, etc. are given on the on-screen display (OSD). 6-2. STARTING TEST MODE Press the [TOP MENU], [CLEAR], [POWER] keys on the remote commander in this order with the power of main unit in OFF sta- tus, and the Test Mode starts, then “DIAG START” will be dis- played on the fluorescent display tube and the menu shown below will be displayed on the TV screen. At the bottom of menu screen, the model name and revision number are displayed. Last Off at the lower right of screen indicates the information code concern- ing the last power off. To execute each function, select the desired menu and press its number on the remote commander. To exit from the Test Mode, press the [POWER] key. 6-3. SYSCON DIAGNOSIS The same contents as board detail check by serial interface can be checked from the remote commander. On the Test Mode Menu screen, press [0] key on the remote commander, and the following check menu will be displayed. Power Off Information Code List 00: Primary Power Off 01: Power Off Request from SYSTEM CONTROL 02: Power Off by Emergency Power Off Command from SYSTEM CONTROL (if information is sent from SYSTEM CONTROL) 03: IF CON Judged that SYSTEM CONTROL is Faulty 04: Power Off from Diagnosis Mode of IF CON 05: Forced Power Off by the User 06: Power Off by Power Supply Voltage Monitor 0. (Quit) Quit the Syscon Diagnosis and return to the Test Mode Menu. 1. (All items continuous check) This menu checks all diagnostic items continuously. Normally, all items are checked successively one after another automatically unless an error is found, but at a certain item that requires judg- ment through a visual check to the result, the following screen is displayed for the key entry. For the ROM Check, the check sum calculated by the Syscon is output, and therefore you must compare it with the specified value for confirmation. Following the message, press > key to go to the next item, or . key to repeat the same check again. Test Mode Menu 0. Syscon Diagnosis 1. Drive Auto Adjustment 2. Drive Manual Operation 3. Mecha Aging 4. Emargency History 5. Version Information 6. Video Level Adjustment Exit: Power Key _ Model : DPX-16xxxx Revision : x.xxx Last Off: xx ### Syscon Diagnosis ### Check Menu 0. Quit 1. All 2. Version 3. Peripheral 4. Servo 5. Supply 6. AV Decoder 7. Video 8. Audio _ ### Syscon Diagnosis ### Diag All Check No. 2 Version 2-3. ROM Check Sum Check Sum = 2005 Press NEXT Key to Continue Press PREV key to Repeat _ www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-2 To quit the diagnosis and return to the Check Menu screen, press x or [ENTER] key. If an error occurred, the diagnosis is suspended and the error code is displayed as shown below. Press x key to quit the diagnosis, or . key to repeat the same item where an error occurred, or > key to continue the check from the item next to faulty item. Selecting [2] and subsequent items call the submenu screen of each item. When “———” is displayed in the submenu, it means that the test is not supported in the model. For example, if “5. Supply” is selected, the following submenu will be displayed. 0. (Quit) Quit the submenu and return to the main menu. 1. (All submenu items continuous check.) This menu checks 2 and subsequent items successively. At the item where visual check is required for judgment or an error occurred, the checking is suspended and the message is output for key entry. Normally, all items are checked successively one after another automatically unless an error is found. Selecting [2] and subsequent items executes respective menus and outputs the results. For the contents of each submenu, see “General Description of Checking Method” and “Check Items List”. General Description of Checking Method 2. Version (2-2) Revision ROM revision number is displayed. Error: Not detected. The revision number defined in the source file is displayed with four digits. (2-3) ROM Check Sum Check sum is calculated. Error: Not detected. 8-bit data are added up to the ROM address 0x000F0000 to 0x002EFFFF, and the result is displayed with 4-digit hexa- decimal number. Error is not detected. Compare the result with the specified value. (2-4) Model Type Model code is displayed. Error: Not detected. The model code read from the EEPROM is displayed with 2-digit hexadecimal number. (2-5) Region Region code is displayed. Error: Not detected. The region code determined from the model code is dis- played. (2-6) M’t Check Mount resistance is checked. Error 22: The region code does not accord. Check whether the region code that is deduced from model resistance and destination resistance accords with the re- gion code that is deduced from region resistance value. 3. Peripheral (3-2) EEPROM Check Data write t read, and accord check Error 03: EEPROM write/read discord 0x9249, 0x2942 and 0x4294 are written to the address 0x00 to 0xFF of the EEPROM and then read for checking. Be- fore writing, the data are saved, then after checking, they are written to restore the contents of EEPROM. ### Syscon Diagnosis ### 3-2. EEPROM Check Error 03: EEPROM Write/Read N Address : 00000001 Write Data : 2492 Read Data : 2490 Press NEXT Key to Continue Press PREV key to Repeat _ ### Syscon Diagnosis ### Check Menu No. 5 Supply 0. Quit 1. All 2. ARP Register Check 3. ARP to RAM Data Bus 4. ARP to RAM Address Bus 5. ARP RAM Check _ www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-3 4. Servo (4-2) Servo DSP Check Data write t read, and accord check Error 12: Read data discord 0x9249, 0x2942 and 0x4294 are written to the RAM ad- dress 0x602 of the Servo DSP and then read for checking. (4-3) ————— Check no support. (4-4) RF Amp Register Check Data write t read, and accord check Error 13: RF Amp register write, and read data discord Implement 8-bit shift operation of the 0x01 to the read- able/writable register of the RF Amp. If once write data do not accord with read data, it is NG. 5. Data Supply System (5-2) ARP Register Check Data write t read, and accord check Error 08: ARP register write, and read data discord Data 0x00 to 0xFF is written sequentially to the ARP TMAX register (address 0xC6) and then read for checking. (5-3) ARP to RAM Data Bus Data write t read, and accord check Error 09: ARP Tt RAM data bus error Data 0x0001 to 0x8000 where one bit each is set to 1 are written to the address 0 of RAM (IC303) connected to the ARP (IC302) through the bus, then they are read and checked. In case of discord, written bit pattern and read data are displayed. If data where multiple bits are 1 are read, the bits concerned may touch each other. Further, if data where certain bit is always 1 or 0 regardless of written data, the line could be disconnected or shorted. (5-4) ARP to RAM Address Bus Data write t other address read discord check Error 10: ARP Tt RAM address bus error Caution: Address and data display in case of an error is different from the display of other diagnosis (described later). Before starting the test, all addresses of RAM (IC303) are cleared to 0x0000. First, 0xA55A is written to the address 0x00000, and the address data are read and checked from addresses 0x00001 to 0x80000 while shifting 1 bit each. Next, the data at that address is cleared, and it is written to the address 0x00001, and read and checked in the same manner. This check is repeated up to the address 0x80000 while shifting the ad- dress data by 1 bit each. If data other than 0 is read at the addresses except written address, an error is given because all addresses were al- ready cleared to 0. In this check, the error display pattern is different from that of other diagnosis; read data, written address, and read address are displayed in this order. How- ever, the message uses same template, and accordingly ex- change Address and Data when reading. The following dis- play, for example, ### Syscon Diagnosis ### 5-4. ARP to RAM Address Bus Error 10: ARP - RAM Address B Address : 0000A55A Write Data : 00000000 Read Data : 00080000 Press NEXT Key to Continue Press PREV key to Repeat _ shows the data 0xA55A was read from address 0x00080000 though it was written to the address 0x00000000. This implies that these addresses are in the form of shadow. Also, if the read data is not 0xA55A, another error will be present. (5-5) ARP RAM Check Data write t read, and accord check Error 11: ARP RAM read data discord The program code data stored in ROM are copied to all areas of RAM (IC303) connected to the ARP through the bus, then they are read and checked if they accord. If the detail check was selected initially, the data are written to all areas and read, then the same test is conducted once again with the data where all bits are inverted between 1 and 0. If discord is detected, faulty address, written data, and read data are displayed following the error code 11, and the test is suspended. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-4 6. AV Decoder (6-2) 1935 RAM Data write t read, and accord check Error 14: AVD RAM read data discord The program code data stored in ROM (IC107) are copied to all areas of RAM (IC504, IC505) connected to the AVD through the bus, then they are read and checked if they ac- cord. Further, the same test is conducted once again with the data where all bits are inverted between 1 and 0. If dis- cord is detected, faulty address, written data, and read data are displayed following the error code 14, and the test is suspended. During the test, OSD display becomes blank as the OSD area is also checked. (6-3) 1935 SP ROM t AVD RAM t Video OUT Error: Not detected. The data including sub picture streams in ROM are trans- ferred to the RAM in AVD, and output as video signals from the AVD. Though OSD display becomes blank, the output of video signals continues until the key is pressed. 7. Video Output (7-2) Color Bar AVD color bar command write t Video OUT Error: Not detected. The command is transferred to the AVD, and the color bar signals are output from video terminals. 8. Audio Output (8-2) ARP t1935 Data flow from supply system DRAM to SDRAM of AV Decoder is tested. Error 15: ARP t 1935 video NG 16: ARP t 1935 audio NG (8-3) Test Tone Pink noise output Error: Not detected. In the models without DD output, the test tone is output from L and R of 2-channel only, and in the models with DD output, the test tone is output from L and R of 2-chan- nel, and all channels of 5.1 output. After turning on all outputs, each time the [NEXT] key is pressed, the output channel is switched for individual chan- nel checking. Diagnosis Check Items List 2. Version Display (2-2) Revision (2-3) ROM Check Sum (2-4) Model Type (2-5) Region (2-6) M’t Check 3. Peripheral (3-2) EEPROM Check (3-7) ———— (Function not supported) 4. Servo (4-2) Servo DSP Check (4-3) ———— (Function not supported) (4-4) RF Amp Register Check 5. Data Supply System (5-2) ARP Register Check (5-3) ARP to RAM Data Bus (5-4) ARP to RAM Address Bus (5-5) ARP RAM Check 6. AV Decoder (6-2) 1935 RAM (6-3) 1935 SP 7. Video Output (7-2) Color Bar\ 8. Audio Output (8-2) ARP t1935 (8-3) Test Tone www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-5 Error Codes List 00: Error not detected 01: RAM write/read data discord 03: EEPROM NG 04: Flash memory clear error 05: Flash memory write error 06: Flash memory read data discord 08: ARP register read data discord 09: ARP Tt RAM data bus error 10: ARP Tt RAM address bus error 11: ARP RAM read data discord 12: Servo DSP NG 13: RF Amp NG 14: 1935 SDRAM NG 15: ARP t1935 video NG 16: ARP t1935 audio NG 1A: System call error (Function not supported) 1B: System call error (Parameter error) 1C: System call error (Illegal ID number) 20: System call error (Time out) 22: Resistor installation error 90: Error occurred 91: User verification NG 92: Diagnosis cancelled 6-4. DRIVE AUTO ADJUSTMENT On the Test Mode Menu screen, press [1] key on the remote com- mander, and the drive auto adjustment menu will be displayed. Normally, [0] is selected to adjust DVD (single layer), CD, and DVD (dual layer) in this order. But, individual items can be ad- justed for the case where adjustment is suspended due to an error. In this mode, the adjustment can be made easily through the op- eration following the message displayed on the screen. Which disc is currently adjusted is displayed on the fluorescent display tube. 0. ALL You will be asked if EEPROM data are initialized or not, and for this prompt, select [0] and press the [ENTER] key. First, the servo setting data in EEPROM, Emergency History and Hour Meter are cleared to initialize. Then, [1] DVD-SL disc, [2] CD disc, and [3] DVD-DL disc are adjusted in this order. Each time one disc was adjusted, it is ejected, and therefore exchange the disc following the message. You can exit the adjustment by pressing the x but- ton. In adjusting each disc, the mirror time is measured to check the disk type. In the auto adjustment, whether the disc type is cor- rect is not checked unlike conventional models, and accordingly, take care not to insert a different type of disc. ## Drive Auto Adjustment ## Adjustment Menu 0. ALL 1. DVD-SL 2. CD 3. DVD-DL 4. LCD Exit: RETURN www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-6 1. DVD Single Layer Disc Select [1], insert DVD single layer disc, and press [ENTER] key, and the adjustment will be made through the following steps, then adjusted values will be written to the EEPROM. DVD Single Layer Disc Adjustment Steps 1. Sled Reset 2. Disc Check Memory SL 3. Set Disc Type SL 4. Spdl Start 5. Ld ON 6. Focus Error Check 7. Focus ON 0 with PI Level measure 8. Auto Track Offset Adjust L0 9. Trv Level Check 10. Tracking ON 11. CLVA ON 12. Sled ON 13. Auto Focus Balance Adjust 14. Auto Loop Filter Offset Adjust 15. Auto Focus Gain Adjust L0 16. Auto Focus Balance Adjust L0 17. EQ Boost Adjust 18. Auto Loop Filter Offset Adjust 19. Auto Tracking Gain Adjust 20. RF Level Measure 21. Jitter measure 22. Eep Copy Loop Filter Offset 23. All Servo Stop 2. CD Disc Select [2], insert CD disc, and press [ENTER] key, and the adjust- ment will be made through the following steps, then adjusted val- ues will be written to the EEPROM. CD Adjustment Steps 1. Sled Reset 2. Disc Check Memory CD 3. Set Disc Type CD 4. Spdl Start 5. LD ON 6. Focus Error Check 7. Fcs ON 1 with PI Level measure 8. Auto Track Offset Adjust L0 9. Trv Level Check 10. Tracking ON 11. CLVA ON 12. Sled ON 13. Auto Focus Balance Adjust 14. Auto Loop Filter Offset Adjust 15. Auto Focus Gain Adjust L0 16. Auto Focus Balance Adjust L0 17. Eq Boost Adjust 18. Auto Loop Filter Offset Adjust 19. Auto Track Gain Adjust 20. Copy Adjustment Data to LCD 21. RF Level Measure 22. Jitter measure 23. All Servo Stop 3. DVD Dual Layer Disc Select [3], insert DVD dual layer disc, and press [ENTER] key, and the adjustment will be made through the following steps, then ad- justed values will be written to the EEPROM. DVD Dual Layer Disc Adjustment Steps 1. Sled Reset 2. Disc Check Memory DL 3. Set Disc Type DL DVD DL Layer 1 Adjust 4. Spdl Start 5. LD ON 6. Fcs ON 1 with PI Level measure 7. Auto Track Offset Adjust L1 8. Tracking ON 9. Clva ON 10. Sled ON 11. Auto Focus Balance Adjust 12. Auto Focus Gain Adjust L1 13. Auto Focus Balance Adjust L1 14. Eq Boost Adjust L1 15. Auto Track Gain Adjust L1 16. Jitter measure DVD DL Layer 0 Adjust 17. Focus Jump (L1 t L0) 18. Auto Track Offset Adjust L0 19. Tracking ON 20. Clva ON 21. Sled ON 22. Auto Focus Balance Adjust 23. Auto Focus Gain Adjust L0 24. Auto Focus Balance Adjust 25. Eq Boost Adjust L0 26. Auto Track Gain Adjust L0 27. Jitter measure 28. All Servo Stop 4. LCD LCD disc is not adjusted because the adjusted data of CD are re- flected, and SACD (hybrid disc) is not adjusted because the ad- justed data of CD and DVD-DL are reflected. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-7 6-5. DRIVE MANUAL OPERATION On the Test Mode Menu screen, select [2], and the manual opera- tion menu will be displayed. For the manual operation, each servo on/off control and adjustment can be executed manually. In using the Manual Operation menu, take care of the following points. These commands do not provide protection, thus requiring correct operation. The sector address or time code field is dis- played when a disc is loaded. 1. Set correctly the disc type to be used on the Disc Type setting screen. The Disc Type setting must be performed after a disc was loaded. The set Disc Type is cleared when the tray is opened. 2. After power ON, if the Manual Operation was selected, first perform “Reset SLED TILT” by opening 1. Disc Type screen. 3. In case of an alarm, immediately press the x button to stop the servo operation, and turn the power OFF. Basic operation (controllable from front panel or remote com- mander) [POWER] : Power OFF x : Servo stop A (Open/Close) : Stop+Eject/Loading O : Return to Operation Menu or Test Mode Menu > , . : Transition between sub modes of menu [1] to [9], [0] : Selection of menu and items Cursor [Q]/[q] : Increase/Decrease in manually adjusted value 0. Disc Check Memory On this screen, the mirror time is measured and written to the EEPROM to check the disc type. First, set a DVD SL disc and press [1], then set a CD disc and press [2], and finally set a DVD DL disc and press [3]. The measured mirror time is displayed re- spectively. The adjustment must be executed more than once after default data were written. From this screen, you can go to another mode by pressing > or . key, but you cannot enter this mode from another mode. You can enter this mode from the Operation Menu screen only. 1. Disc Type On this screen, select the disc type. To select the disc type, press the number of the loaded disc. The selected disc type is displayed at the bottom. Selecting [1] automatically selects and displays the disc type. In case of wrong display, retry “Disc Check Memory”. Also, opening the tray causes the set disc type to be cleared. In this case, set the disc type again after loading. In performing manual operation, the disc type must be set. ## Drive Manual Operation ## Operation Menu 1. Disc Type 2. Servo Control 3. Track/Layer Jump 4. Manual Adjustment 5. Auto Adjustment 6. Memory Check 0. Disc Check Memory Exit: RETURN Disc Check 1. SL Disc Check 2. CD Disc Check 3. DL Disc Check 0. Reset SLED TILT Disc Type 1. Disc Type Auto Check 2. DVD SL 12cm 3. DVD DL 12cm 4. CD 12cm 5. SACD 12cm 6. DVD SL 8cm 7. DVD DL 8cm 8. CD 8cm 9. LCD 8cm 0. Reset SLED TILT EMG. 00 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-8 Once the disc type has been selected, the sector address or time code display field will appear as shown below. These values are displayed when PLL is locked. Display when DVD SL 12cm disc was selected Display when CD 12cm disc was selected [0] Reset SLED TILT: Reset the Sled and Tilt to initial position. (Reset the Sled only to initial position be- cause the Tilt mechanism is not available in this model.) [1] Disc Type Check: Judge automatically the loaded disc. As the judged result is displayed at the bottom of screen, make sure that it is correct. If Disc Check Memory menu has not been executed after EEPROM default setting, the disc type cannot be judged. In this case, return to the initial menu and make a check for three types of discs (SL, DL, CD). [2] to [9]: Select the loaded disc. The adjusted value is written to the address of selected disc. No further entry is necessary if [1] was se- lected. 2. Servo Control On this screen, the servo on/off control necessary for replay is executed. Normally, turn on each servo from 1 sequentially and when CLVA is turned on, the usual trace mode becomes active. In the trace mode, DVD sector address or CD time code is displayed. This is not displayed where the spindle is not locked. The spindle could run overriding the control if the spindle system is faulty or RF is not present. In such a case, do not operate CLVA. [0] Reset SLED TILT: Reset the Sled and Tilt to initial position. (Reset the Sled only to initial position be- cause the Tilt mechanism is not available in this model.) [1] LD: Turn ON/OFF the laser. [2] SP: Turn ON/OFF the spindle. [3] Focus: Search the focus and turn on the focus. [4] TRK.: Turn ON/OFF the tracking servo. [5] Sled: Turn ON/OFF the sled servo. When PLL is not locked (cannot be locked), the sled servo is not turned ON. The display keeps ON.) [6] CLVA: Turn ON/OFF normal servo of spindle servo. [7] FCS. Srch: Apply same voltage as that of focus search to the focus drive to check the focus drive system. 5 Sled FWD: Move the sled outward. Perform this op- eration with the tracking servo turned off. % Sled REV: Move the sled inward. Perform this opera- tion with the tracking servo turned off. Disc Type 1. Disc Type Auto Check 2. DVD SL 12cm 3. DVD DL 12cm 4. CD 12cm 5. SACD 12cm 6. DVD SL 8cm 7. DVD DL 8cm 8. CD 8cm 9. LCD 8cm 0. Reset SLED TILT TC. :: EMG.00 CD 12cm Disc Type 1. Disc Type Auto Check 2. DVD SL 12cm 3. DVD DL 12cm 4. CD 12cm 5. SACD 12cm 6. DVD SL 8cm 7. DVD DL 8cm 8. CD 8cm 9. LCD 8cm 0. Reset SLED TILT SA. SI. EMG.00 DVD SL 12cm Servo Control 1. LD Off R. Sled FWD 2. SP Off L. Sled REV 3. Focus Off 4. TRK. Off 5. Sled Off 6. CLVA Off 7. FCS. Srch Off 0. Reset SLED TILT SA. SI. EMG.00 DVD SL 12cm www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-9 3. Track/Layer Jump On this screen, track jump, etc. can be performed. Only for the DVD-DL, the focus jump and layer jump are displayed in the right field. [1] 1Tj FWD: 1-track jump forward. [2] 1Tj REV: 1-track jump reverse. [3] 2Tj FWD: 2-track jump forward. [4] 2Tj REV: 2-track jump reverse. [5] NTj FWD: N-track jump forward. [6] NTj REV: N-track jump reverse. [7] 500Tj FWD: Fine search forward. [8] 500Tj REV: Fine search reverse. [9] 10k/20k FWD: Direct search forward. [0] 10k/20k REV: Direct search reverse. – The following commands are valid for DVD-DL disc only – 5 (L1 t L0): Focus jump (Trk/Sled Servo OFF) forward. % (L0 t L1): Focus jump (Trk/Sled Servo OFF) reverse. $ (L1 t L0): Layer jump (Trk/Sled Servo ON) forward. 4 (L0 t L1): Layer jump (Trk/Sled Servo ON) reverse. 4. Manual Adjustment On this screen, each item can be adjusted manually. Select the desired number [1] to [0] from the remote commander, and cur- rent setting for the selected item will be displayed, then increase or decrease numeric value with $ key or 4 key. This value is stored in the EEPROM. If CLV has been applied, the jitter is dis- played for reference for the adjustment. [1] TRK. Offset: Adjusts tracking offset. [2] Focus Gain: Adjusts focus gain. [3] TRK. Gain: Adjusts track gain. [4] Focus Offset: Adjusts focus offset. [5] Focus Balance: Adjusts focus balance. [6] L.F. Offset: Adjusts loop filter offset. [7] Analog FRSW: Sets select switch of analog feedback circuit. [8] PLL Dac Gain: Adjusts D/A converter gain of PLL. [9] EQ BOOST: Adjusts boost amount of equalizer. [0] GD ADJ: Adjusts group delay amount. Track/Layer Jump 1. 1Tj FWD R. Fj (L1->L0) 2. 1Tj REV L. Fj (L0->L1) 3. 2Tj FWD U. Lj (L1->L0) 4. 2Tj REV D. Lj (L0->L1) 5. NTj FWD 6. NTj REV 7. 500Tj FWD 8. 500Tj REV 9. 10k/20k FWD 0. 10k/20k REV SA. SI. EMG.00 DVD DL 12cm Manual Adjustment:Up/Down 1. TRK. Offset 2. Focus Gain 3. TRK. Gain 4. Focus Offset 5. Focus Balance 6. L.F. Offset 7. Analog FRSW 8. PLL Dac Gain 9. EQ BOOST 0. GD ADJ Adjustment: Up/Down SA. ------ SI. -- EMG. 00 DVD SL 12cm Jitter FF www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-10 5. Auto Adjustment On this screen, each item can be adjusted automatically. Select the desired number [1] to [8] from the remote commander, and se- lected item is adjusted automatically. [1] Auto TRK. Offset: Adjusts tracking offset. [2] Auto Focus Balance: Adjusts focus balance. [3] Auto Focus Offset: Adjusts focus offset. [4] Auto Focus Gain: Adjusts focus gain. [5] Auto TRK. Gain: Adjusts track gain. [6] Auto EQ [7] Auto L.F. Offset: Adjusts loop filter offset. [8] Auto Group Delay 6. Memory Check The display image is shown below and three screens in total can be selected. On this screen, current servo adjusted data stored in the EEPROM are displayed. The adjusted data are initialized by pressing the [CLEAR] key, but be careful that they are not recoverable after initialization. Before clearing the adjusted data, make a note of the set data. This screen will also appear if [0] All is selected in the Drive Auto Adjustment. In this case, default setting cannot be made. “THR A&L” data on the second page cannot be changed if default setting is once made. Auto Adjustment 1. Auto TRK. Offset 2. Auto Focus Balance 3. Auto Focus Offset 4. Auto Focus Gain 5. Auto TRK. Gain 6. Auto EQ. 7. Auto L.F. Offset 8. Auto Group Delay SA.04EF905 SI.00 EMG.00 DVD SL 12cm EEPROM DATA 1  DL  CD LCD SL L0 L1 Focus Gain xx xx xx xx xx TRK. Gain xx xx xx xx xx FCS Balnce xx xx xx xx xx Focus Bias xx xx xx xx xx TRV Offset xx xx xx xx xx L.F. Offset xx xx xx xx xx EQ. Boost xx xx xx xx xx _ UP : Last Data DOWN : Next Data CLEAR : Default Set page.1/3 EEPROM DATA 2  DL  CD LCD SL L0 L1 RF Jitter xx -- xx xx xx RF Level xx -- xx -- -- FE Level xx -- xx -- -- FE Balance xx -- xx -- -- TRV.Level xx -- xx -- -- TE Gain xx xx -- -- -- PI Level xx -- xx xx -- _ UP : PREV Data DOWN : Next Data CLEAR : Default Set page.2/3 EEPROM DATA 3  DL  CD LCD SL L0 L1 Analog FRSW xx xx xx xx xx PLL Dac Gain xx xx xx xx xx Mirror Time xx xx xx xx xx _ THR A&L xx xx xx/xx xx xx UP : PREV Data DOWN : First Data CLEAR : Default Set page.3/3 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-11 6-6. MECHA AGING On the Test Mode Menu screen, selecting [3] executes the aging of mechanism. First, open the tray and load a disc. Press the H key, and the aging will start. During aging, the number of the re- peat cycle is displayed. Aging can be aborted at any time by press- ing the x key. After the operation has stopped, unload the disc and press again the x key or the O key to return to the Test Mode Menu. 6-7. EMERGENCY HISTORY On the Test Mode Menu screen, selecting [4] displays the infor- mation such as servo emergency history. The history information from last “1” up to “10” can be scrolled with $ key or 4 key. Also, specific information can be displayed by directly entering that number with the ten-key pad from [1] to [9]. (Emergency history code is shown separately.) The upper two lines display the laser ON total hours. Data below minutes are omitted. Clearing History Information Clearing laser hours Press [DISPLAY] and [CLEAR] keys in this order. Both CD and DVD data are cleared. Clearing emergency history Press [TOP MENU] and [CLEAR] keys in this order. Initializing setup data Press [MENU] and [CLEAR] keys in this order. The data have been initialized when “Set Up Initialized” mes- sage is displayed. The EMG. History display screen will be restored soon. 6-8. VERSION INFORMATION The ROM version, region code, OPT type, etc. are displayed if [5] is selected in the Test Mode Menu. The parenthesized hexadeci- mal number in the version number field indicates the checksum value of the ROM. * Note after Downloading After downloading ROM data, sometimes it happens that checksum is not the same as that of ROM data that has been downloaded. In such a case, go back to the menu screen and select “0. Syscon Diagnosis”, then select “1. All” in “2. Version”. If the result of this operation does not give an agreement, it must be either Download error or ROM error. 6-9. VIDEO LEVEL ADJUSTMENT On the Test Mode Menu screen, selecting [6] displays color bars for video level adjustment. During display of color bars, OSD dis- appears but the menu screen will be restored if pressing any key. 6-10. IF CON SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION 1. IF-92 BOARD (IF CON) TEST MODE The front board test mode is the IF CON self diagnostic mode. The IF CON can diagnose the functions of the front panel boards that the IF CON controls. Normally, the IF CON makes a serial communication with the SYSTEM CONTROL and operates fol- lowing the commands from the SYSTEM CONTROL, but in the Test mode, the IF CON operates independently from the SYS- TEM CONTROL. In the Test mode, the following functions can be checked. 1. Button function 2. Remote commander receiving function 3. SYSTEM CONTROL-IF CON serial communication 4. Click shuttle function 5. Fluorescent display tube lighting check Grid check Anode check 6. LED control function In the Test mode, the set operates same as usual, except voltage monitoring, communication monitoring, display of fluorescent display tube, and LED control. 1. The routine that monitors +3.3 V (P-CONT) of MB-103 board is not provided. 2. The monitoring timer for serial communication with the SYS- TEM CONTROL is not provided. The set is not placed in the Standby mode, even if the communication with SYSTEM CONTROL is normal. 3. Display of fluorescent display tube (normally, display is made following the commands from SYSTEM CONTROL) 4. LED control (normally, control is made following the com- mands from SYSTEM CONTROL) ### Mecha Aging ### Press OPEN key Abort : STOP key ### EMG. History ### Laser Hours CD xxhxxm DVD xxhxxm 1. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Select : 1-9 Scroll :UP/DOWN (1: Last EMG.) Exit :RETURN ### Version Infomation ### IF con. Ver.x.xxx(xxxx) Group xx SYScon. Ver.x.xxx(xxxx) Model xx Region 0x Servo DSP Ver:x.xxx AVD ucode Ver:xxxxxxxx OPT TYPE : x LASER Exit : RETURN www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-12 2. OPERATION OF SELF CHECK MODE The Self Check mode is the function to conduct the basic test to the FL display and DVD panel section. 2-1. Self Check Mode Transition Processing At the AC Power ON after IF CON (IC404) was reset, the input to 10pin (SELF CHECK) is judged and if “Low” is entered, the main unit transits to the Self Check mode. In this port input judgment, the result of 3-time attempts must be same (assuming that the MB- 103 board is not connected). While pressing the [STOP] key on the main unit with the IF CON in STANDBY mode, enter [RETURN] → [DISPLAY] (or [SET UP]) on the remote commander, and the unit transits to the Self Check Mode. The Self Check mode terminates when the IF CON transits to the STANDBY mode. 2-2. Operation of Auto Self Check When the Self Check mode becomes active at the AC Power ON or by key input, the test display of the following steps (1) to (4) is repeated. (1) FLD and LED all ON (for 5 seconds) (2) MODEL display (for 2 seconds) (3) Version display (for 2 seconds) (4) ROM creation date display (for 2 seconds) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-13 2-3. Each Self Check Function Each Self Check function tests the FLD display, LED display, and key input. 2-3-1. FLD and LED All ON 2-3-1-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • [STOP] key and [OPEN/CLOSE] key on the main unit • [LEFT] key on the main unit and the remote commander 2-3-1-2. Operation and Display In this mode, all LEDs except STANDBY LED and all segments of FLD turn ON. Example of FLD all ON 2-3-2. Main Unit Key Name Display and Key Code Display 2-3-2-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • Keys on main unit except keys transited in self check 2-3-2-2. Operation and Display When a key on the main unit is pressed in the Self Check mode, the name of that key is displayed on the FLD. Also, the key name display and the key code display can be switched with the [DIS- PLAY] key on the remote commander. “NOTHING” is displayed when nothing is entered. Also, VIDEO CD, DVD, and CD seg- ments turn on when a communication error occurred. FLD display (at input of [PLAY] key on the main unit) Input IC404: Pin No. (Signal) Voltage [V] Pin ej (POWER) Pin ef (O/C) Pin eg (PLAY) Pin eh (DISPLAY) Pin ed (CURSOR) 0 – 0.2 POWER OPEN/CLOSE PLAY STOP ENTER 0.6 – 0.82 TVS PREVIOUS – DISPLAY DOWN 1.16 – 1.47 PREQ PAUSE – MENU LEFT 1.8 – 2.12 – NEXT – RETURN UP 2.48 – 2.7 – – – TOP MENU RIGHT 3.3 – – – – – www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-14 Key code display (at input of [PLAY] key, Key code: 0Ah) At input of faulty voltage When two keys are pressed 2-3-3. Remote Commander Key Name Display and Key Code Display 2-3-3-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • Remote commander keys except keys transited in self check 2-3-3-2. Operation and Display When a key on the remote commander is pressed in the Self Check mode, the name of that key is displayed on the FLD. Also, the key name display and the key code display can be switched with the [DISPLAY] key on the remote commander. “NOTHING” is dis- played when nothing is entered. Also, VIDEO CD, DVD, and CD segments turn on when a communication error occurred. Remote commander key name display (at input of [PAUSE] key) Remote commander key code display (at input of [PAUSE] key, Key code: 39h) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-15 2-3-4. Communication Monitoring Display The communication state is monitored and displayed while the key name on the main unit and the remote commander is displayed. When the communication to the System Controller failed, VIDEO CD, DVD, and CD segments turn on. Communication error display (at no key input) Communication error display (at code display without input of the remote commander) 2-3-5. FLD Anode Test Display and SHUTTLE Click Operation Test 2-3-5-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • [RIGHT] on the main unit and the remote commander • SHUTTLE on the remote commander during Anode Test dis- play (This model does not provide JOG/SHUTTLE, and therefore use another DVD remote commander having the JOG/ SHUTTLE) 2-3-5-2. Operation and Display The Self Check mode transits to this mode when [RIGHT] key is entered. Only the first segment of each grid of FLD turns on, and each time the SHUTTLE is entered, the segment of each grid is switched in order. When SHUTTLE input is clockwise, the seg- ment switches in 1 → 2 → 3 direction, or counterclockwise it switches in 3 → 2 → 1 direction. This tests whether each segment turns on individually. Display at the start of Anode Test ↓ (Input in CW direction) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-16 2-3-6. FLD Grid Test Display and SHUTTLE Click Operation Test 2-3-6-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • [UP] on the main unit and the remote commander • SHUTTLE on the remote commander during Grid Test display (This model does not provide JOG/SHUTTLE, and therefore use another DVD remote commander having the JOG/ SHUTTLE) 2-3-6-2. Operation and Display The Self Check mode transits to this mode when [UP] key is en- tered. The first grid of FLD all turns on and other grids turn off. Each time the SHUTTLE is entered, the grid is switched in order. When SHUTTLE input is clockwise, the grid switches in 1 → 2 → 3 direction, or counterclockwise it switches in 3 → 2 → 1 direc- tion. This tests whether each grid turns on individually. Display at the start of Grid Test ↓ (Input in CW direction) 2-3-7. LED Test Display 2-3-7-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • [DOWN] on the main unit and the remote commander • SHUTTLE on the remote commander during LED Test display (This model does not provide JOG/SHUTTLE, and therefore use another DVD remote commander having the JOG/ SHUTTLE) 2-3-7-2. Operation and Display LED is switched in order by the input of JOG/SHUTTLE. Also, LED ON/OFF is switched by the input of same key as the function that turns on the LED concerned. FLD display during LED Test 2-3-8. Beep Sound Test 2-3-8-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • Input of a key on main unit 2-3-8-2. Operation and Display In the Self Check mode, each time a key on the main unit is en- tered, a beep sound of 1kHz (100ms) is generated. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-17 a f h g e r p n s c m d j k b ANODE CONNECTION GRID ASSIGNMENT (12G-1G) 13G 12G 11G 10G 9G 8G 7G 6G 5G 4G 3G 2G 1G col Dp P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 P15 P16 P17 P18 13G 12G 11G 10G 9G 8G 7G 6G 5G 4G 3G 2G 1G a h j k b f m s g e n p r c d a h j k b f m s g e n p r c d a h j k b f m s g e n p r c d a h j k b f m s g e n p r c d a h j k b f m s g e n p r c d a h j k b f m s g e n p r c d a h j k b f m s g e n p r c d a h j k b f m s g e n p r c d a h j k b f m s g e n p r c d a h j k b f m s g e n p r c d a h j k b f m s g e n p r c d a h j k b f m s g e n p r c d col col Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-18 6-11. TROUBLESHOOTING 6-11-1. Cannot Enter Test Mode You cannot enter the Test mode when either button has been pressed by any reason with the board assembled in the front panel. In this state, the power does not turn on even under normal condition (the unit is kept in standby state), and also no button is active and the remote commander is not accepted. In this case, disconnect the MB-103 board and AV-63 board, and with the SELF CHECK (pin 0) of IF CON (IC404) on the IF-92 board kept in low state, sup- ply AC, and the IF CON self-diagnosis mode will be forcibly acti- vated. The IF CON (IC404) checks the SELF CHECK port only after the power on reset (only at AC supply, not in standby state). If any button is pressed, its name is displayed on the fluorescent display tube. But, if other than “NOTHING” is displayed though no button is pressed, it means that any button has been pressed. 6-11-2. Faults in Test Mode (MB-103 board) 1. The test mode menu is not displayed. 1-1. Board visual check Check that the ICs of SYSCON (IC104), ROM (IC106), AVD (IC403), ARP & SERVO (IC301) are working correctly. Check that outside appearance of the ICs is normal. Check that IC pins are not short-circuited. Check that there is no soldering error. Check that outside appearance of the capacitors and resistors is normal. 1-2. Power supply voltage check Check the power voltage of the power connector (CN102). Check the power voltage of SYSCON (IC104). Check the power voltage of ROM (IC106). Check the power voltage of AVD (IC403). Check the power voltage of ARP & SERVO (IC301). If the power voltage has any abnormality t Check that the power supply lines are not shorted. Check that there is no soldering error. If any abnormality cannot be found still t Check that each IC is working normally. 1-3. Clock signal check Measure the clock signal frequency at CPUCK (CL101) of SYSCON (IC104) with an oscilloscope. If the 8.25 MHz signal appears. t Check the machine ac- cording to section 1-3-1 If the 33 MHz signal appears. t Check the machine accord- ing to section 1-3-2. If other frequencies are output. R110 and R113 have defective soldering, X101 crystal os- cillator is defective. If the measurement point is fixed to either “H” or “L”. t Observe XFRRST (pin-uh) of SYSCON (IC104) with an oscilloscope. If the measurement point is “L”, check the following items. If the IC has defective soldering, if the IC is short-circuited. If the measurement point is “H”, t Component X101 or SYSCON (IC104) is defective. 1-3-1. When the 8.25 MHz signal appears at CPUCK • Check the XRD, XWRH and CS0X signal. Observe XRD (pin-u;), XWRH (pin-ua), and CS0X (pin-tk) of SYSCON (IC104) with an oscilloscope. If these pins are fixed to either “L” (0V) or “H” (3.3V), or if these pins stay in the center voltage, check the followings. Check if the signal line does not have the defective solder- ing. Check if the signal line is short-circuited with other signal lines. If you cannot find any problem t SYSCON (IC104) is defective. • HA [0 to 21] signal and HD [0 to 15] signal check Observe HA [0 to 21] (pins- This checks whether the S-C satisfies the NTSC/PAL Standard. If it is not correct, the colors will be too dark or light. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point S VIDEO OUT (S-C) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification A = 286 ± 30 mVp-p (NTSC) A = 300 ± 100 mVp-p (PAL) Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the S-C burst is “A”. Fig.7-3. 4. Checking Component Video Output Y This checks component video output Y. If it is incorrect, correct brightness will not be attained when connected to, for instance, projector. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 1.0 ± 0.05 Vp-p Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the Y level is 1.0 ± 0.05 Vp-p. Fig.7-4. 7-2. ADJUSTMENT OF VIDEO SYSTEM 1. Video Level Adjustment (MB-103 BOARD) This adjustment is made to satisfy the NTSC/PAL standard, and if not adjusted correctly, the brightness will be too large or small. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point LINE OUT (VIDEO) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Adjusting element RV401 Specification 1.0 Vp-p Adjusting method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Adjust the RV501 to attain 1.0 Vp-p. Fig.7-1. 2. Checking S Video Output S-Y Check S-terminal video output. If it is incorrect, pictures will not be displayed correctly in spite of connection to the TV with a S- terminal cable. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point S VIDEO OUT (S-Y) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 1.0 ± 0.05 Vp-p Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the S-Y level is 1.0 ± 0.05 Vp-p. Fig.7-2. +0.04 –0.02 +0.04 –0.02 1.0 Vp-p +0.04 –0.02 A 1.0 ± 0.05 Vp-p 1.0 ± 0.05 Vp-p www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 7-3 5. Checking Component Video Output B-Y This checks component video output B-Y. If it is incorrect, correct colors will not be displayed when connected to, for instance, projector. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (PB) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 700 ± 50 mVp-p Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the B-Y level is 700 ± 50 mVp-p. Fig.7-5. 700 ± 50 mVp-p 700 ± 50 mVp-p 6. Checking Component Video Output R-Y This checks component video output R-Y. If it is incorrect, correct colors will not be displayed when connected to, for instance, projector. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (PR) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 700 ± 50 mVp-p Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the R-Y level is 700 ± 50 mVp-p. Fig.7-6. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 7-4E 7-3. ADJUSTMENT RELATED PARTS ARRANGEMENT MB-103 BOARD (Side A) RV401 IC403 VIDEO LEVEL ADJ CN201 13 1 HS11S1U/HS11S1F/ETXNY381N2F BOARDS (Side A) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-1 DVP-K370 SECTION 8 REPAIR PARTS LIST 8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. NOTE: • -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some differences from the original one. • Items marked “*” are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items. • The mechanical parts with no reference number in the exploded views are not supplied. • Abbreviation BR : Brazilian model E:HK ; Hong Kong model E:TW ; Taiwan model E:SP ; Singapore model ; Malaysia model ; Thailand model ; Philippine model ; Indonesia model ; Vietnum model ns ns ns ns ns 1 2 6 6 9 6 8 11 10 8 12 4 7 3 5 8-1-1. FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY ns : not supplied 1 X-3952-396-1 COVER ASSY, TRAY (EXCEPT BR) 1 X-3952-630-1 COVER ASSY, TRAY (BR) 2 3-059-379-51 KNOB, VOLUME 3 X-3952-255-4 PANEL ASSY, FRONT 4 3-710-901-61 SCREW, TAPPING 5 3-059-349-11 LEG CUSHION 6 3-970-608-51 SUMITITE (B3), +BV 7 3-075-005-51 CASE 8 3-070-883-11 SCREW, TAPPING 9 1-786-131-11 SWITCH, TACTILE 10 1-477-211-32 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D145E) (EXCEPT BR) 10 1-477-211-41 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D145B)(BR) 11 3-073-096-01 LID, BATTERY COVER 12 3-959-372-02 CUSHION, FOOT Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-2 051 1-468-645-11 POWER BLOCK (HS11S1U)(E:TW) 051 1-468-646-11 POWER BLOCK (ETXNY381N2F)(E:HK,SP) 051 1-468-647-11 POWER BLOCK (HS11S1F)(BR) 52 3-970-608-01 SUMITITE (B3), +BV 053 1-575-651-21 CORD, POWER (E:HK,SP) 053 1-757-813-11 CORD, POWER (BR) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns Mechanism deck 51 52 53 52 52 52 52 56 57 52 52 55 55 54 8-1-2. CHASSIS ASSEMBLY 053 1-824-303-11 CORD, POWER (E:TW) 054 3-073-182-02 BUSHING, CODE 55 3-970-608-51 SUMITITE (B3), +BV 56 1-757-693-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMO-001) 57 1-757-694-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMO-002) 58 1-757-697-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMM-035) Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks ns : not supplied Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-3 101 a a ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns 102 102 102 103 104 8-1-3. MECHANISM DECK ASSEMBLY Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks 101 A-6060-425-A LOADING ASSY (T) 102 3-053-847-11 INSULATOR 103 3-067-344-01 INSULATOR SCREW 0104 A-6062-709-A OPTICAL PICK-UP (KHM-270AAA/SERVICE ASSY) ns : not supplied Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-4 8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST NOTE: • Due to standardization, replacements in the parts list may be different from the parts specified in the diagrams or the components used on the set. • -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some difference from the original one. • Items marked “*” are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items. • CAPACITORS: uF: µF • COILS uH: µH • RESISTORS All resistors are in ohms. METAL: metal-film resistor METAL OXIDE: Metal Oxide-film resistor F: nonflammable • SEMICONDUCTORS In each case, u: µ, for example: uA...: µA... , uPA... , µPA... , uPB... , µPB... , uPC... , µPC... , uPD..., µPD... • Abbreviation BR : Brazilian model E:HK ; Hong Kong model E:TW ; Taiwan model The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board name. Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks E:SP ; Singapore model ; Malaysia model ; Thailand model ; Philippine model ; Indonesia model ; Vietnum model AV-63 BOARD, COMPLETE ********************* < CAPACITOR > C101 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C102 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C103 1-163-259-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V C109 1-163-809-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 25V C110 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C111 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C112 1-107-725-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C113 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C114 1-107-725-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C126 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C201 1-163-135-00 CERAMIC CHIP 560PF 5% 50V C202 1-163-135-00 CERAMIC CHIP 560PF 5% 50V C203 1-163-257-11 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF 5% 50V C204 1-163-257-11 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF 5% 50V C205 1-163-257-11 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF 5% 50V C206 1-163-257-11 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF 5% 50V C207 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C208 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C209 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V C210 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C211 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C212 1-163-251-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C213 1-163-251-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C214 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C215 1-163-259-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V C216 1-163-259-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V C222 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C223 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C224 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C226 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C227 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C228 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C229 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C230 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C231 1-126-934-11 ELECT 220uF 20% 16V C232 1-163-259-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V C242 1-126-924-11 ELECT 330uF 20% 6.3V C244 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V < CONNECTOR > * CN202 1-568-934-11 PIN, CONNECTOR 7P * CN204 1-568-954-11 PIN, CONNECTOR 5P < DIODE > D102 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 D103 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 D201 8-719-050-38 DIODE M1MA152WK-T1 D202 8-719-050-37 DIODE M1MA152WA-T1 D203 8-719-073-01 DIODE MA111-(K8).S0 D205 8-719-073-01 DIODE MA111-(K8).S0 < TERMINAL > * ET101 1-537-738-21 TERMINAL, EARTH * ET202 1-537-738-21 TERMINAL, EARTH < IC > IC101 8-759-662-86 IC NJM79M05DL1A(TE2) IC102 8-759-826-45 IC LA73050-TLM IC201 8-759-909-71 IC BA4558F-E2 IC202 8-759-909-71 IC BA4558F-E2 IC203 8-759-711-59 IC NJM78L05UA-TE1 IC204 8-749-017-31 IC GP1FA550TZ (OPTICAL) < JACK > J101 1-815-362-21 JACK, PIN (6P) (LINE OUT1-2) J103 1-794-198-11 CONNECTOR, S TERMINAL (S VIDEO OUT) J104 1-815-360-11 JACK, PIN 3P (COMPONENT VIDEO OUT) J201 1-793-446-21 JACK, PIN 1P (COAXIAL) < JUMPER RESISTOR > JR100 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR101 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR102 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR103 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR104 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR105 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR106 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR107 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR108 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR109 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 < COIL > L101 1-412-064-11 INDUCTOR 100uH < TRANSISTOR > Q104 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR MUN2213T1 Q105 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR MUN2111T1 Q201 8-729-049-31 TRANSISTOR 2SB710A-RTX Q202 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR MUN2213T1 Q203 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 AV-63 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-5 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Q204 8-729-027-53 TRANSISTOR DTC124TKA-T146 Q205 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 Q206 8-729-049-31 TRANSISTOR 2SB710A-RTX Q207 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR SD1938(F)-ST(TX).SO Q208 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR SD1938(F)-ST(TX).SO Q209 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 Q211 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 Q216 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 Q217 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR SD1938(F)-ST(TX).SO < RESISTOR > R121 1-216-061-91 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R126 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R127 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R128 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R129 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R130 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R131 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R133 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R134 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R162 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R205 1-208-800-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R206 1-208-800-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R207 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R208 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R209 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R210 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R211 1-208-800-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R212 1-208-800-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R213 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R214 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R215 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R216 1-216-067-00 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W R217 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R218 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R219 1-216-105-91 RES-CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W R220 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R221 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R222 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R223 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R224 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R225 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R226 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R227 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R228 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R229 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R230 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R231 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R232 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R233 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R234 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R235 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R236 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R237 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R238 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R239 1-208-798-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W R240 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R241 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R242 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R243 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R249 1-216-033-00 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R251 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R252 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R253 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R254 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R255 1-208-798-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W R256 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R257 1-208-798-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W R258 1-208-798-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W R260 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R261 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R262 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R263 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R279 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R280 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R282 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R284 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R285 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W ************************************************************ IF-92 BOARD, COMPLETE ******************** 3-067-239-01 HOLDER, FL < CAPACITOR > C401 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C407 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C409 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C411 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100uF 20% 16V C412 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C414 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C416 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C417 1-137-150-11 FILM 0.01uF 5% 100V C419 1-104-666-11 ELECT 220uF 20% 25V C420 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C421 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C422 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 50V C425 1-119-943-91 ELECT 47uF 20% 50V C426 1-128-551-11 ELECT 22uF 20% 25V C427 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C428 1-128-551-11 ELECT 22uF 20% 25V C429 1-104-665-11 ELECT 100uF 20% 25V C431 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 50V C432 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C437 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C440 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C441 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 25V < CONNECTOR > * CN405 1-785-530-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 10P CN406 1-815-381-11 CONNECTOR, FPC/FFC 5P AV-63 IF-92 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-6 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks < DIODE > D403 8-719-041-97 DIODE MA113-(TX) D404 8-719-041-97 DIODE MA113-(TX) D405 8-719-041-97 DIODE MA113-(TX) D406 8-719-041-97 DIODE MA113-(TX) D412 8-719-017-62 DIODE MA8068-L-TX < FERRITE BEAD > FB401 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH < IC > IC403 6-701-875-01 IC LMS8117ADTX-1.8/NOPB IC404 6-802-218-01 IC 86CK74AFG-3RD4(M IC405 8-759-684-35 IC S-80830ANUP-EDT-T2 IC406 8-749-019-11 IC GP1UD28SYK < JUMPER RESISTOR > JR401 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR402 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR403 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 < COIL > L401 1-408-978-21 INDUCTOR 47uH < FLUORESCENT INDICATOR > ND401 1-518-806-11 TUBE, FLUORESCENT INDICATOR < IC LINK > 0PS401 1-576-509-21 RINK, IC 0PS402 1-576-508-21 RINK, IC < TRANSISTOR > Q401 8-729-056-46 TRANSISTOR 2SC5053T100Q Q402 8-729-056-46 TRANSISTOR 2SC5053T100Q Q404 8-729-048-28 TRANSISTOR 2SD1766-T100-QR Q405 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR MUN2111T1 < RESISTOR > R414 1-216-059-00 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W R415 1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R416 1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R417 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R418 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R421 1-216-059-00 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W R422 1-216-071-00 METAL CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W R423 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R424 1-216-013-00 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R425 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R426 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R427 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R428 1-216-071-00 METAL CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W R430 1-216-059-00 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W R431 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R433 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R434 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R435 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R437 1-216-027-00 METAL CHIP 120 5% 1/10W R440 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R444 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R446 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R448 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R449 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R450 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R454 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT BR) R455 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W (BR) R471 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R473 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R474 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R481 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R482 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R483 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R484 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R485 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R489 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R490 1-216-083-00 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R496 1-216-017-91 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R497 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W < SWITCH > S401 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (TOP MENU) S402 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (RETURN) S403 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (MENU) S404 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (DISPLAY) S405 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (STOP) S406 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (NEXT) S407 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (PAUSE) S408 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (PREV) S409 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (OPEN/CLOSE) S410 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (PICTURE MODE) S411 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (SURROUND) S412 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (PLAY) < TRANSFORMER > T401 1-437-620-11 TRANSFORMER, DC-DC CONVERTER < VIBRATOR > X401 1-781-472-21 VIBRATOR, CERAMIC ************************************************************ MB-103 BOARD, COMPLETE *********************** < CAPACITOR > C102 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C103 1-126-209-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 4V C104 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C105 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C106 1-162-914-11 CERAMIC CHIP 9PF 0.50PF 50V C107 1-162-914-11 CERAMIC CHIP 9PF 0.50PF 50V C108 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C109 1-126-209-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 4V C110 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C111 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V MB-103 IF-92 Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-7 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks C114 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C118 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C120 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C121 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C122 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C125 1-126-607-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 4V C126 1-126-206-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 6.3V C127 1-126-204-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 16V C128 1-126-246-11 ELECT CHIP 220uF 20% 4V C129 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C201 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C202 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C203 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C204 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C210 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V C211 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V C212 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V C213 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V C214 1-164-245-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.015uF 10% 25V C215 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C216 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V C218 1-162-965-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0015uF 10% 50V C219 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C220 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C221 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C225 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C226 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V C228 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C229 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C230 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C232 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C233 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C234 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 6.3V C235 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C236 1-164-739-11 CERAMIC CHIP 560PF 5% 50V C238 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C240 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033uF 10% 16V C241 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C242 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 6.3V C243 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C244 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C245 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C246 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033uF 10% 16V C247 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C248 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C249 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C250 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C251 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C252 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C253 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C254 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C255 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C256 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 16V C257 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 16V C258 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C259 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C260 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C261 1-162-959-11 CERAMIC CHIP 330PF 5% 50V C262 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C263 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C264 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C265 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C266 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C270 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C271 1-126-204-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 16V C272 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C273 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C304 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C305 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C308 1-126-206-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 6.3V C309 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C310 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C311 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C312 1-110-563-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.068uF 10% 16V C313 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033uF 10% 16V C314 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C315 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C316 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C317 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C318 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C319 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C320 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C321 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C322 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C323 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C324 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C325 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C326 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C327 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C328 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C329 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C330 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C331 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C332 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C333 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C334 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C335 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C337 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C338 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C339 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C340 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C343 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C344 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C401 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C402 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C403 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C404 1-126-193-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V C405 1-126-246-11 ELECT CHIP 220uF 20% 4V C406 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C407 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C408 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C410 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C412 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C413 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C415 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C416 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C417 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C418 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C419 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C420 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V MB-103 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-8 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks C422 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C423 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C425 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C426 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C428 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C429 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C431 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C432 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C435 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C436 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C438 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C439 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C441 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C442 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C446 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C447 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C449 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C602 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V C603 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C604 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V < CONNECTOR > * CN102 1-770-154-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 6P * CN103 1-770-470-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 6P CN203 1-815-507-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 26P < FERRITE BEAD > FB103 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB104 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB105 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB106 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB107 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB108 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB109 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB111 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB602 1-414-226-21 FERRITE 0uH FB603 1-414-226-21 FERRITE 0uH < FILTER > FL101 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL102 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL103 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL104 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL105 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL106 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL109 1-233-893-21 FILTER, CHIP EMI FL110 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL201 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL402 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL403 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL404 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH < IC > IC101 8-759-643-29 IC BR24C64F-E2 IC103 6-701-590-01 IC SM8707EV-E2 IC104 6-701-837-01 IC MB91307RPFV-G-BND-E1 IC107 6-802-254-01 IC MR27V3202F-7TTPZ04B IC201 6-701-700-01 IC SP3728ACB IC202 6-701-878-01 IC FAN8034L IC301 6-701-876-01 IC CXD9703R IC302 8-759-599-45 IC MM1385ENLE IC303 8-759-643-10 IC GM71V18160 IC401 6-702-300-01 IC TK11118CSCL-G IC402 8-759-599-45 IC MM1385ENLE IC403 8-752-416-45 IC CXD1935Q IC404 8-759-663-74 IC HY57V161610DTC-7TR IC405 8-759-663-74 IC HY57V161610DTC-7TR IC601 8-759-825-32 IC CXD9627N-E < COIL > L101 1-414-410-21 INDUCTOR 10uH L201 1-412-031-11 INDUCTOR CHIP 47uH L202 1-412-031-11 INDUCTOR CHIP 47uH < TRANSISTOR > Q201 8-729-903-46 TRANSISTOR 2SB1132-T100-QR Q202 8-729-903-46 TRANSISTOR 2SB1132-T100-QR < RESISTOR > R103 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R104 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R105 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R106 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R108 1-216-789-11 METAL CHIP 2.2 5% 1/10W R110 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R111 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R112 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R113 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R114 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 R116 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R117 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R118 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R119 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R120 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R121 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R123 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R124 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R128 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R129 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R130 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R131 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R132 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 R133 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 R134 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R136 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R137 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R139 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R141 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R150 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R156 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R157 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 R159 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 R160 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 R162 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W MB-103 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-9 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks R163 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R164 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT BR) R164 1-216-061-91 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W (BR) R165 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R166 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R168 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R169 1-216-075-00 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W (BR) R169 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT BR) R176 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 R177 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R178 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R180 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R181 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 R182 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R183 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R184 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R185 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R187 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 R206 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R207 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R210 1-216-815-11 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R211 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R212 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R213 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R214 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R216 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R217 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R218 1-216-846-11 METAL CHIP 120K 5% 1/10W R219 1-216-846-11 METAL CHIP 120K 5% 1/10W R220 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W R221 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W R222 1-216-842-11 METAL CHIP 56K 5% 1/10W R223 1-216-842-11 METAL CHIP 56K 5% 1/10W R224 1-216-850-11 METAL CHIP 270K 5% 1/10W R225 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R226 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W R227 1-216-846-11 METAL CHIP 120K 5% 1/10W R229 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R230 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R231 1-216-855-11 METAL CHIP 680K 5% 1/10W R232 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R233 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W R234 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R235 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R236 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R238 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R239 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R240 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R241 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R242 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W R243 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W R244 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R245 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R246 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R248 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R249 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R250 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W R251 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R252 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R253 1-218-889-11 METAL CHIP 56K 0.5% 1/10W R254 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W R255 1-218-889-11 METAL CHIP 56K 0.5% 1/10W R256 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R259 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R260 1-216-834-11 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W R261 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R262 1-216-815-11 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R263 1-216-861-11 METAL CHIP 2.2M 5% 1/10W R264 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R265 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R269 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R273 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 R301 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R302 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R303 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R311 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R312 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W R313 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R314 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R315 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R316 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R317 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R318 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R319 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10W R320 1-218-883-11 METAL CHIP 33K 0.5% 1/10W R321 1-218-879-11 METAL CHIP 22K 0.5% 1/10W R322 1-218-847-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R323 1-218-855-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.5% 1/10W R324 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R325 1-218-867-11 RES-CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W R326 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R327 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10W R328 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R329 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R330 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R331 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R332 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R333 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W R334 1-218-853-11 METAL CHIP 1.8K 0.5% 1/10W R335 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R336 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R346 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R347 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R348 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R349 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R351 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R352 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R358 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R359 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R360 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R401 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R402 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R403 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R405 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R406 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W MB-103 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-10 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks R407 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W R408 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W R409 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W R410 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W R411 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W R412 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R413 1-218-867-11 RES-CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W R414 1-216-822-11 METAL CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W R423 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R426 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R430 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP 10 5% 1/10W R439 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 R601 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R607 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 R608 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 R609 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 R612 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 < COMPOSITION CIRCUIT BLOCK > * RB102 1-233-270-11 NETWORK, RES (8 GANG) 10K < VARIABLE RESISTOR > RV401 1-223-583-11 RES, ADJ, CARBON 1K < VIBRATOR > X101 1-795-174-11 VIBRATOR, CERAMIC (16.5MHz) X102 1-781-867-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (27MHz) ************************************************************ MC-139 BOARD, COMPLETE *********************** < CAPACITOR > C501 1-115-416-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 5% 25V C502 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C503 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C504 1-124-257-00 ELECT 2.2uF 20% 50V C505 1-115-416-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 5% 25V C506 1-126-163-11 ELECT 4.7uF 20% 50V C507 1-163-263-11 CERAMIC CHIP 330PF 5% 50V C508 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C510 1-124-257-00 ELECT 2.2uF 20% 50V C511 1-115-416-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 5% 25V C512 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C513 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C514 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C515 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C516 1-115-416-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 5% 25V C518 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C519 1-163-251-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C520 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C521 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C522 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C523 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C524 1-128-131-11 ELECT 22uF 20% 50V C525 1-163-019-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0068uF 10% 50V C526 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C527 1-164-343-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.056uF 10% 25V C528 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C529 1-164-344-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.068uF 10% 25V C530 1-164-344-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.068uF 10% 25V C531 1-164-161-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V C532 1-164-004-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 25V C533 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C534 1-164-004-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 25V C535 1-115-340-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 25V C536 1-115-340-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 25V C537 1-163-019-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0068uF 10% 50V C538 1-128-131-11 ELECT 22uF 20% 50V C539 1-126-160-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V < CONNECTOR > * CN501 1-568-943-11 PIN, CONNECTOR 5P < DIODE > D501 8-719-056-85 DIODE UDZSTE-178.2B D502 8-719-800-76 DIODE MA153-TX < IC > IC501 8-759-909-71 IC BA4558F-E2 IC502 8-759-369-74 IC NJM4556AM-TE2 IC503 8-759-496-41 IC M65850FP-E1 IC504 8-759-711-59 IC NJM78L05UA-TE1 < JUMPER RESISTOR > JR501 1-216-295-00 METAL CHIP 0 JR502 1-216-295-00 METAL CHIP 0 JR503 1-216-295-00 METAL CHIP 0 JR504 1-216-295-00 METAL CHIP 0 JR505 1-216-295-00 METAL CHIP 0 JR507 1-216-295-00 METAL CHIP 0 < COIL > L501 1-469-561-21 INDUCTOR 100uH < TRANSISTOR > Q501 8-729-027-53 TRANSISTOR DTC124TKA-T146 Q502 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 < RESISTOR > R501 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R502 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R503 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R504 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R505 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R506 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R507 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R508 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R509 1-216-085-91 RES-CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R510 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R511 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R512 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R514 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R515 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R516 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W MB-103 MC-139 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-11E Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks R517 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R518 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R519 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R520 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R521 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R522 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R523 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R524 1-216-083-00 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R525 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R526 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R527 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R528 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R529 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R530 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R531 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R532 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R533 1-216-109-00 METAL CHIP 330K 5% 1/10W < VARIABLE RESISTOR > RV501 1-227-461-11 CARBON FILM POTENTIOMETER (ECHO LEVEL) RV502 1-227-461-11 CARBON FILM POTENTIOMETER (MIC LEVEL) ************************************************************ MS-81 BOARD ************ < CONNECTOR > CN001 1-815-412-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 5P < SWITCH > S001 1-786-133-11 SWITCH, ROTARY ************************************************************ 0 1-468-645-11 POWER BLOCK (HS11S1U)(E:TW) *************************** < FUSE > 0F101 1-533-296-11 FUSE (2A/125V) ************************************************************ 0 1-468-646-11 POWER BLOCK (ETXNY381N2F)(E:HK,SP) ********************************** < FUSE > 0F101 9-885-020-87 FUSE (2A/250V) ************************************************************ 0 1-468-647-11 POWER BLOCK (HS11S1F)(BR) ************************* < FUSE > 0F101 1-532-503-31 FUSE (2A/250V) ************************************************************ MISCELLANEOUS ************** 051 1-468-645-11 POWER BLOCK (HS11S1U)(E:TW) 051 1-468-646-11 POWER BLOCK (ETXNY381N2F)(E:HK,SP) 051 1-468-647-11 POWER BLOCK (HS11S1F)(BR) 053 1-575-651-21 CORD, POWER (E:HK,SP) 053 1-757-813-11 CORD, POWER (BR) 053 1-824-303-11 CORD, POWER (E:TW) 56 1-757-693-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMO-001) 57 1-757-694-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMO-002) 58 1-757-697-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMM-035) ************************************************************ ACCESSORIES ************ 1-477-211-32 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D145E) (EXCEPT BR) 1-477-211-41 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D145B)(BR) 1-770-019-11 ADAPTOR, CONVERSION PLUG 3P (E:HK) 1-823-364-21 CORD, CONNECTION 3-073-096-01 LID, BATTERY COVER 3-074-928-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH)(E) 3-074-928-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SIMPLIFIED CHINESE)(E:SP) 3-074-928-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (TRADITIONAL CHINESE)(E:HK) 3-074-928-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (TRADITIONAL CHINESE)(E:TW) 3-076-607-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH)(BR) Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. MC-139 MS-81 POWER BLOCK (HS11S1U) POWER BLOCK (ETXNY381N2F) POWER BLOCK (HS11S1F) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-K370 — 140 — Sony Corporation Home Video Company 9-929-730-11 2002F1600-1 ©2002.6 Published by Quality Assurance Dept. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com